[PATCH] Documentation: update french translation of user-manual
Guillaume GARDET
guillaume.gardet at free.fr
Tue Oct 13 11:43:15 PDT 2015
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet at free.fr>
---
Documentation/50-pot/subsurface-manual.pot | 2330 ++---
Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po | 2364 ++---
Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 12553 +++++++++++++-------------
Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt | 314 +-
4 files changed, 8906 insertions(+), 8655 deletions(-)
diff --git a/Documentation/50-pot/subsurface-manual.pot b/Documentation/50-pot/subsurface-manual.pot
index 235e0c8..913c897 100644
--- a/Documentation/50-pot/subsurface-manual.pot
+++ b/Documentation/50-pot/subsurface-manual.pot
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: subsurface-manual VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-12 11:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-13 20:37+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./user-manual.txt:188
msgid ""
-"The divecomputer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive "
+"The dive computer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive "
"information from a Dive Computer] or"
msgstr ""
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:218 ./user-manual.txt:754
+#: ./user-manual.txt:218 ./user-manual.txt:780
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:290 ./user-manual.txt:2997
+#: ./user-manual.txt:290 ./user-manual.txt:649 ./user-manual.txt:3031
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/warning2.png"
msgstr ""
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even "
"though these dives have already been imported to _Subsurface_. For that "
-"reason, if the divecomputer allows this, _Subsurface_ only imports dives "
+"reason, if the dive computer allows this, _Subsurface_ only imports dives "
"that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster "
"on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at "
"least for those not charging while connected via USB)."
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ msgid ""
"could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there "
"is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue "
"*B* in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they "
-"appear in a tabular format on the righthand side of the dialogue (see image "
+"appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image "
"*B*, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration "
"and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that "
"need to be transferred to the *Dive List*. In the case of the image above, "
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ msgid "*PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:414 ./user-manual.txt:520 ./user-manual.txt:558 ./user-manual.txt:571 ./user-manual.txt:1123 ./user-manual.txt:1189 ./user-manual.txt:1242 ./user-manual.txt:1318 ./user-manual.txt:1632
+#: ./user-manual.txt:414 ./user-manual.txt:520 ./user-manual.txt:559 ./user-manual.txt:572 ./user-manual.txt:1149 ./user-manual.txt:1215 ./user-manual.txt:1268 ./user-manual.txt:1344 ./user-manual.txt:1658
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/important.png"
msgstr ""
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ msgid "Connecting _Subsurface_ to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:470 ./user-manual.txt:3535
+#: ./user-manual.txt:470 ./user-manual.txt:3576
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"
msgstr ""
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ./user-manual.txt:497
msgid ""
"On the _Linux_ or _MacOS_ platforms the name of the _Subsurface_ computer "
-"and its Bluetooth address are shown on the righthand side, On the lefthand "
+"and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand "
"side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices "
"the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to "
"_Subsurface_. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown "
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:545 ./user-manual.txt:3466 ./user-manual.txt:3550
+#: ./user-manual.txt:545 ./user-manual.txt:3507 ./user-manual.txt:3591
#, no-wrap
msgid "On Windows:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1044,28 +1044,28 @@ msgid "images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:550
+#: ./user-manual.txt:551
msgid ""
"On _Windows_ platforms the _Local Bluetooth device details section_ on the "
-"left is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the "
+"right is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the "
"_Scan_ button) check that the Bluetooth device on the _Subsurface_ computer "
"is turned on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:557
+#: ./user-manual.txt:558
msgid ""
"The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download "
"process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your "
"permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: _Add a "
-"device, Tap to setup your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a "
+"device, Tap to set up your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a "
"discovered item is selected, select the _Save_ button. Finally select the "
"_Download_ button on the _Download_ dialogue and wait for the process to "
"complete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:564
+#: ./user-manual.txt:565
msgid ""
"Be aware that currently _Subsurface_ works only with local Bluetooth "
"adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses "
@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:570
+#: ./user-manual.txt:571
msgid ""
"A log messageOn the bottom left of the _Remote Bluetooth device selection_ "
"shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select "
@@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:580
+#: ./user-manual.txt:581
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*IN CASE OF PROBLEMS*: If the Bluetooth adapter from the _Subsurface_ "
@@ -1099,13 +1099,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:583
+#: ./user-manual.txt:584
#, no-wrap
msgid "Changing the name of a dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:599
+#: ./user-manual.txt:600
msgid ""
"It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to "
"upload dive logs to _Subsurface_. For instance if one's partner's dive "
@@ -1125,13 +1125,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:601
+#: ./user-manual.txt:602
#, no-wrap
msgid "Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:608
+#: ./user-manual.txt:609
msgid ""
"With the uploaded dives in the *Dive List*, the information from the dive "
"computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a "
@@ -1140,13 +1140,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:610
+#: ./user-manual.txt:611
#, no-wrap
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:615
+#: ./user-manual.txt:616
msgid ""
"To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional "
"information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for "
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:625
+#: ./user-manual.txt:626
msgid ""
"In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when "
"entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date "
@@ -1167,24 +1167,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:626
+#: ./user-manual.txt:627
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/AddDive3_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:635
+#: ./user-manual.txt:636
msgid ""
"The right hand image, above, shows a *Notes tab* filled with dive "
"information. The *Time* field reflects the date and time of the dive. By "
"clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the "
"correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and "
"minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text "
-"box and by overtyping the information displayed."
+"box and by over-typing the information displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:646
+#: ./user-manual.txt:647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Air/water temperatures*: Air and water temperatures during the dive are "
@@ -1206,65 +1206,71 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:659
+#: ./user-manual.txt:649
#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Location*:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ./user-manual.txt:657
msgid ""
-"*Location*: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. \"Tihany, "
-"Lake\n"
-"Balaton, Hungary\". Dive locations are managed as a separate part of the "
-"dive log.\n"
-"After entering the information for a particular dive site, and several dives "
-"are\n"
-"performed at the same location, the information is re-used without "
-"requiring\n"
-"full dive site information again. Existing dive location information\n"
-"can be edited at any time by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive "
-"performed at that site\n"
-"and by opening the location information by clicking the globe button on "
-"the\n"
-"right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a "
-"dive location name, auto location of\n"
-"dive site names makes it easy to select a dive site that already exists in "
-"the dive log\n"
-"(i.e. when typing the name of a dive site,\n"
-"a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names). If the dive\n"
-"site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.\n"
+"Dive locations are managed as a *separate* part of the dive log. The dive "
+"information in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs can therefore not be edited "
+"at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive "
+"information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) "
+"by selecting _Apply changes_ on the *Notes* tab before editing the dive site "
+"information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled "
+"_Location_ on the *Notes* tab."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:662
+#: ./user-manual.txt:675
msgid ""
-"If the present dive site has not been used before, a message appears as "
-"follows (image *A* below):"
+"Type the name of the dive site, e.g. \"Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary\". If "
+"several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information "
+"for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be "
+"edited at any time by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive performed "
+"at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe "
+"button on the right of the location name (see image on the right, "
+"above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names "
+"makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the "
+"name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar "
+"names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing "
+"name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe "
+"symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the _Subsurface_ database) or a "
+"*+* symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the "
+"current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site "
+"database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a "
+"message appears as follows (image *A* below):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:663
+#: ./user-manual.txt:676
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Locations1_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:668
+#: ./user-manual.txt:681
msgid ""
-"Click the + icon on the right hand side. A panel appears to enter the "
+"Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the "
"coordinates and other important information about the site (image *B*, "
"above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are "
"three ways of specifying the coordinates:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:675
+#: ./user-manual.txt:688
msgid ""
"One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part "
-"of the Subsurface window. The map displays an orange bar indicating \"No "
+"of the _Subsurface_ window. The map displays an orange bar indicating \"No "
"location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive "
-"location\". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the orange bar "
+"location\". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar "
"disappears and the coordinates are stored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:680
+#: ./user-manual.txt:693
msgid ""
"The coordinates can be obtained from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if the "
"user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the "
@@ -1273,14 +1279,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:683
+#: ./user-manual.txt:696
msgid ""
"The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four "
"formats with latitude followed by longitude:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:688
+#: ./user-manual.txt:701
msgid ""
"ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9\"N 30°49'1.5\"E Degrees and decimal "
"minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds, "
@@ -1289,29 +1295,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:693
+#: ./user-manual.txt:709
msgid ""
"Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a "
"negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with "
"a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards "
"don't have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a *d* like this: N30d "
-"W20d."
+"W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the "
+"dive site information by selecting the button _Apply changes_ at the top of "
+"the panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:699
+#: ./user-manual.txt:715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Important*: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location\n"
-"name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location "
-"description\n"
-"will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these\n"
+"name - so *saving* a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name\n"
+"causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these\n"
"dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the\n"
"same).\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:704
+#: ./user-manual.txt:725
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*Dive site name lookup:* If coordinates have been typed into the "
+"appropriate\n"
+"text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the "
+"coordinates.\n"
+"This is achieved when _Subsurface_ uses the Internet to find the name of the "
+"dive site\n"
+"based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is\n"
+"automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box\n"
+"(Titled _Dive sites on same coordinates_\") at the bottom\n"
+"of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the\n"
+"current location. For instance if the dive site is \"Blue Hole\" and there "
+"are several\n"
+"dive sites named \"Blue Hole\", all these sites are listed in this list "
+"box.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ./user-manual.txt:730
msgid ""
"Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and "
"Notes), then select _Apply Changes_ to save the geolocation for this dive "
@@ -1320,7 +1347,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:709
+#: ./user-manual.txt:735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Dive mode*: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of "
@@ -1332,7 +1359,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:714
+#: ./user-manual.txt:740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Divemaster*: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should "
@@ -1343,7 +1370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:719
+#: ./user-manual.txt:745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Buddy*: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies\n"
@@ -1354,7 +1381,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:724
+#: ./user-manual.txt:750
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Suit*: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.\n"
@@ -1365,7 +1392,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:727
+#: ./user-manual.txt:753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Rating*: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a\n"
@@ -1373,7 +1400,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:731
+#: ./user-manual.txt:757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Visibility*: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the\n"
@@ -1382,7 +1409,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:740
+#: ./user-manual.txt:766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered\n"
@@ -1399,13 +1426,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:742
+#: ./user-manual.txt:768
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Notes*: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:747
+#: ./user-manual.txt:773
msgid ""
"The _Apply changes_ and _Discard changes_ buttons are used to save all the "
"information for tabs in the *Info* panel and in the *Dive Profile* panel, so "
@@ -1415,13 +1442,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:748
+#: ./user-manual.txt:774
#, no-wrap
msgid "Equipment"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:753
+#: ./user-manual.txt:779
msgid ""
"The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder "
"and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue "
@@ -1429,7 +1456,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:760
+#: ./user-manual.txt:786
msgid ""
"indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part "
"of _Subsurface_ and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) "
@@ -1437,7 +1464,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:764
+#: ./user-manual.txt:790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Cylinders*: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that "
@@ -1446,13 +1473,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:765
+#: ./user-manual.txt:791
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:774
+#: ./user-manual.txt:800
msgid ""
"For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive "
"computers, _Subsurface_ often obtains the gas used from the dive computer "
@@ -1465,7 +1492,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:779
+#: ./user-manual.txt:805
msgid ""
"The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of "
"the table. To select a cylinder, the _Type_ box should be clicked. This "
@@ -1474,13 +1501,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:780
+#: ./user-manual.txt:806
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:787
+#: ./user-manual.txt:813
msgid ""
"The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was "
"used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the "
@@ -1490,7 +1517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:791
+#: ./user-manual.txt:817
msgid ""
"Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the "
"specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) "
@@ -1498,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:802
+#: ./user-manual.txt:828
msgid ""
"Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can "
"be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, "
@@ -1512,13 +1539,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:803
+#: ./user-manual.txt:829
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:810
+#: ./user-manual.txt:836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Weights*: Information about the weight system used can be entered\n"
@@ -1530,26 +1557,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:811
+#: ./user-manual.txt:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:815
+#: ./user-manual.txt:841
msgid ""
"By clicking on the _Type_ field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through "
"a down-arrow:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:816
+#: ./user-manual.txt:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:830
+#: ./user-manual.txt:856
msgid ""
"This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or "
"the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting "
@@ -1564,19 +1591,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:831
+#: ./user-manual.txt:857
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:833
+#: ./user-manual.txt:859
#, no-wrap
msgid "Editing several selected dives simultaneously"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:848
+#: ./user-manual.txt:874
msgid ""
"_METHOD 1_: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of "
"each uploaded dive is shown in the *Dive profile* tab, as well as a few "
@@ -1594,7 +1621,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:858
+#: ./user-manual.txt:884
msgid ""
"The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain "
"information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a "
@@ -1609,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:867
+#: ./user-manual.txt:893
msgid ""
"_METHOD 2_:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a "
"dive with all the appropriate information typed into the *Notes* and "
@@ -1624,13 +1651,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:868
+#: ./user-manual.txt:894
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding Bookmarks to a dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:873
+#: ./user-manual.txt:899
msgid ""
"Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular "
"events during the dive, e.g. \"Saw dolphins\", or \"Released surface "
@@ -1638,7 +1665,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:877
+#: ./user-manual.txt:903
msgid ""
"Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up "
"the dive profile context menu. Select _Add bookmark_. A red flag is placed "
@@ -1647,40 +1674,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:879
+#: ./user-manual.txt:905
msgid ""
"Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see *B* "
"below). Select _Edit name_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:882
+#: ./user-manual.txt:908
msgid ""
"A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see *C* "
"below). Select _OK_. This saves the text associated with the bookmark."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:885
+#: ./user-manual.txt:911
msgid ""
"If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is "
"shown at the bottom of the information box (see *D* below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:886
+#: ./user-manual.txt:912
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Bookmarks.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:889
+#: ./user-manual.txt:915
#, no-wrap
msgid "Saving the updated dive information"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:900
+#: ./user-manual.txt:926
msgid ""
"The information entered in the *Notes* tab and the *Equipment* tab can be "
"saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the *Notes* tab. If "
@@ -1693,7 +1720,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:901
+#: ./user-manual.txt:927
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data "
@@ -1701,7 +1728,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:927
+#: ./user-manual.txt:953
msgid ""
"If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives "
"were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need "
@@ -1723,7 +1750,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:937
+#: ./user-manual.txt:963
msgid ""
"If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it "
"should be sufficient to select either _Import -> Import log files_ or _File "
@@ -1738,13 +1765,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:938
+#: ./user-manual.txt:964
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using the universal import dialogue"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:944
+#: ./user-manual.txt:970
msgid ""
"Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal "
"interface activated by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, then clicking "
@@ -1752,13 +1779,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:945
+#: ./user-manual.txt:971
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Import1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:950
+#: ./user-manual.txt:976
msgid ""
"Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of "
"_Dive Log Files_ which gives access to the different types of direct imports "
@@ -1766,69 +1793,69 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:952
+#: ./user-manual.txt:978
msgid ""
"XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log "
"systems)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:953
+#: ./user-manual.txt:979
msgid "Cochran dive logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:954
+#: ./user-manual.txt:980
msgid "UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:955
+#: ./user-manual.txt:981
msgid "UDCF-formatted dive logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:956
+#: ./user-manual.txt:982
msgid "Poseidon MkVI CCR logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:957
+#: ./user-manual.txt:983
msgid "APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:958
+#: ./user-manual.txt:984
msgid "LiquiVision logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:959
+#: ./user-manual.txt:985
msgid "divelog.de logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:960
+#: ./user-manual.txt:986
msgid "OSTC Tools logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:961
+#: ./user-manual.txt:987
msgid "JDiveLog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:962
+#: ./user-manual.txt:988
msgid "Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:963
+#: ./user-manual.txt:989
msgid "CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:968
+#: ./user-manual.txt:994
msgid ""
"Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large "
"window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the "
@@ -1838,13 +1865,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:969
+#: ./user-manual.txt:995
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from OSTCTools"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:978
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1004
msgid ""
"_OSTC Tools_ is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management "
"tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. _OSTC Tools_ downloads dive "
@@ -1857,7 +1884,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:982
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1008
msgid ""
"Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to "
"_Subsurface_, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, "
@@ -1865,7 +1892,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:987
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1013
msgid ""
"Please, remember that OSTCTools is *not* a true diving log software, but a "
"useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way, "
@@ -1875,13 +1902,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:989
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1015
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:996
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1022
msgid ""
"Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with "
"multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported "
@@ -1891,7 +1918,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1001
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1027
msgid ""
"Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user's desktop, "
"using a _.sdf_ file name extension. Refer to xref:Mares_Export[Appendix C] "
@@ -1899,7 +1926,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1007
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1033
msgid ""
"Data should then be imported into _www.divelogs.de_. One needs to create a "
"user account in _www.divelogs.de_, log into that web site, then select "
@@ -1909,20 +1936,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1009
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1035
msgid ""
"Finally, import the dives from _divelogs.de_ to _Subsurface_, using the "
"instructions below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1012
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1038
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing dives from *divelogs.de*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1025
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1051
msgid ""
"The import of dive information from _divelogs.de_ is simple, using a single "
"dialogue box. The _Import -> Import from Divelogs.de_ option should be "
@@ -1936,19 +1963,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1026
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1052
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Divelogs1.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1029
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1055
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing data in CSV format"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1040
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1066
msgid ""
"A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either "
"as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed "
@@ -1964,13 +1991,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1042
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1068
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1047
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1073
msgid ""
"One can view a _CSV_ file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally "
"organised into a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_ or "
@@ -1979,14 +2006,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1049
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1075
msgid ""
"There are two types of _CSV_ dive logs that can be imported into "
"_Subsurface_:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1055
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1081
msgid ""
"_CSV dive details_: This dive log format contains similar information to "
"that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, "
@@ -1997,7 +2024,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1064
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1090
msgid ""
"_CSV dive profile_: This dive log format includes much more information "
"about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second "
@@ -2011,14 +2038,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1067
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1093
msgid ""
"Before being able to import the _CSV_ data to _Subsurface_ *one needs to "
"know a few things about the data being imported*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1075
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1101
msgid ""
"Which character separates the different columns within a single line of "
"data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a "
@@ -2030,7 +2057,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1079
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1105
msgid ""
"Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Is it a _CSV dive "
"details_ file or a _CSV dive profile_ file? Open the file using a text "
@@ -2039,12 +2066,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1081
-msgid "Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?"
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1107
+msgid "Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1088
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1114
msgid ""
"Armed with this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is "
"straightforward. Select _Import -> Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In "
@@ -2054,13 +2081,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1089
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1115
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/csv_import1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1100
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1126
msgid ""
"Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing "
"pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and "
@@ -2075,7 +2102,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1112
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1138
msgid ""
"The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the "
"appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the "
@@ -2086,19 +2113,19 @@ msgid ""
"\"Dive # \". If the column heading that _Subsurface_ expects is not in the "
"blue row, then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it "
"in the appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the "
-"correct column for \"Dive #\", drag the ballooned item labeled \"Dive # \" "
+"correct column for \"Dive #\", drag the ballooned item labelled \"Dive # \" "
"and drop it in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing \" "
"# \". This is depicted in the image below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1113
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1139
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/csv_import2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1119
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1145
msgid ""
"Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row "
"of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the "
@@ -2108,13 +2135,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1123
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*A Diver's Introduction to _CSV_ Files*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1137
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1163
msgid ""
"_CSV_ is an abbreviation for a data file format: _Comma-Separated "
"Values_. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the "
@@ -2131,7 +2158,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1146
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1172
msgid ""
"_CSV_ files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most "
"important attribute of a _CSV_ file is the _field separator_, the character "
@@ -2147,7 +2174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1152
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1178
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tDive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy\n"
@@ -2158,14 +2185,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1154
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1180
msgid ""
"The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information "
"in TAB-delimited format:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1160
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tDive site\tDive date\tTime\tDive_duration\tDive_depth\tDive buddy\n"
@@ -2176,7 +2203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1168
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1194
msgid ""
"It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the "
"comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB "
@@ -2190,7 +2217,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1179
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1205
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tDive Time (s)\tDepth (m)\tpO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) \tpO₂ - C1 Cell 1 "
@@ -2207,7 +2234,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1185
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1211
msgid ""
"When a _CSV_ file is selected for import, _Subsurface_ displays the column "
"headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the _CSV_ "
@@ -2218,7 +2245,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1199
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1225
msgid ""
"The _CSV_ import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special "
"characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double "
@@ -2231,7 +2258,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1202
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Importing GPS coordinates with the _Subsurface Companion App_ for mobile "
@@ -2239,7 +2266,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1211
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1237
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Using the *Subsurface Companion App* on an _Android device_ or\n"
@@ -2252,18 +2279,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1213
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1239
msgid "To do this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1214
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1240
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create a Companion App account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1219
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1245
msgid ""
"Register on the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web "
"page_]. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal *DIVERID* "
@@ -2272,7 +2299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1224
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1250
msgid ""
"Download the app from "
"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface[Google Play "
@@ -2281,18 +2308,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1225
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1228
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1254
msgid "On first use the app has three options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1234
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1260
msgid ""
"_Create a new account._ Equivalent to registering in _Subsurface_ companion "
"page using an Internet browser. One can request a *DIVERID* using this "
@@ -2302,14 +2329,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1237
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1263
msgid ""
"_Retrieve an account._ If users forgot their *DIVERID* they will receive an "
"email to recover the number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1241
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1267
msgid ""
"_Use an existing account._ Users are prompted for their *DIVERID*. The app "
"saves this *DIVERID* and does not ask for it again unless one uses the "
@@ -2317,7 +2344,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1249
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1275
msgid ""
"In the _Subsurface_ main program, the *DIVERID* should also be entered on "
"the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting _File -> Preferences -> "
@@ -2326,13 +2353,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1250
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating new dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1255
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1281
msgid ""
"Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The "
"Android display will look like the left hand image (*A*) below, but without "
@@ -2340,21 +2367,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1258
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1284
msgid ""
"Touch the \"+\" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be "
"showed with 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1261
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1287
msgid ""
"Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it "
"is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1270
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1296
msgid ""
"Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world "
"map. A world map is shown (see *B* below) on which one should indicate the "
@@ -2367,13 +2394,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1271
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1297
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Companion_5.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1279
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1305
msgid ""
"Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and "
"located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the "
@@ -2383,13 +2410,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1280
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1306
#, no-wrap
msgid "Dive lists of dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1288
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1314
msgid ""
"The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and "
"time (see *A* below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the "
@@ -2401,7 +2428,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1296
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1322
msgid ""
"Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations "
"or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is "
@@ -2413,13 +2440,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1297
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1323
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Companion_4.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1303
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1329
msgid ""
"When one selects a dive (*not* selecting the check box), the name given to "
"it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top "
@@ -2427,32 +2454,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1305
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1331
msgid ""
"Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive "
"location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1307
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1333
msgid "Maps: Display a map showing the dive location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1310
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1336
msgid ""
"After editing and saving a dive location (see *C* above), one needs to "
"upload it to the web service, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1311
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1337
#, no-wrap
msgid "Uploading dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1317
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1343
msgid ""
"There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by "
"simply selecting the locations (See *A* below) and then touching the right "
@@ -2460,51 +2487,51 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1322
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1348
msgid ""
"Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it "
"should; it deletes the selected dive location(s)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1323
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1349
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Companion_1.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1328
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1354
msgid ""
"After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to "
"be downloaded to a _Subsurface_ dive log (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1330
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1356
#, no-wrap
msgid "Settings on the Companion App"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1333
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1359
msgid ""
"Selecting the _Settings_ menu option results in the right hand image above "
"(*B*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1334
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "Server and account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1337
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1363
msgid "_Web-service URL._ This is predefined (http://api.hohndel.org/)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1341
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1367
msgid ""
"_User ID._ The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The "
"easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation "
@@ -2512,33 +2539,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1342
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1368
#, no-wrap
msgid "Synchronisation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1346
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1372
msgid ""
"_Synchronize on startup_. If selected, dive locations in the Android device "
"and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1349
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1375
msgid ""
"_Upload new dives._ If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it "
"is automatically sent to the server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1350
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1376
#, no-wrap
msgid "Background service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1353
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1379
msgid ""
"Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service "
"running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous "
@@ -2546,40 +2573,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1356
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1382
msgid "The settings below define the behaviour of the service:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1359
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1385
msgid ""
"_Min duration._ In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X "
"minutes until stopped by the user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1361
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1387
msgid "_Min distance._ In meters. Minimum distance between two locations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1363
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1389
msgid "_Name template._ The name the app will use when saving the locations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1364 ./user-manual.txt:1461 ./user-manual.txt:1880
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1390 ./user-manual.txt:1487 ./user-manual.txt:1905
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/info.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1374
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1400
msgid ""
"_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and "
"50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location "
"at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* "
-"every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations "
+"every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations "
"are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is "
"not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the "
"user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every "
@@ -2587,60 +2614,60 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1375
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1379
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1405
msgid ""
"_Mailing List._ The mail box for _Subsurface_. Users can send an email to "
"the Subsurface mailing list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1381
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1407
msgid "_Subsurface website._ A link to the URL of Subsurface web"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1383
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1409
msgid "_Version._ Displays the current version of the Companion App."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1384
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1410
#, no-wrap
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1387
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1413
msgid "Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1388
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "Start service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1391
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1417
msgid ""
"Initiates the _background service_ following the previously defined "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1392
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1418
#, no-wrap
msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1400
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1426
msgid ""
"This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by "
"resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account "
@@ -2650,24 +2677,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1401
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1427
#, no-wrap
msgid "Send all locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1404
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1430
msgid "This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1406
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1432
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using the Subsurface companion app on an _iPhone_ to record dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1411
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1437
msgid ""
"The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID "
"(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "
@@ -2676,13 +2703,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1412
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1438
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/iphone.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1419
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1445
msgid ""
"Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive "
"location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a "
@@ -2696,22 +2723,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1425
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1451
msgid ""
"One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive "
"list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The "
-"dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and "
+"dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and "
"there is not an option to trigger upload manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1427
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid "Downloading dive locations to the _Subsurface_ divelog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1436
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1462
msgid ""
"Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into "
"_Subsurface_ before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The "
@@ -2723,13 +2750,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1437
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1463
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DownloadGPS.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1445
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1471
msgid ""
"Note that the _Apply_ button is now active. By clicking on it, users can "
"update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in _Subsurface_ "
@@ -2740,7 +2767,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1452
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1478
msgid ""
"Since _Subsurface_ matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive "
"information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic "
@@ -2752,7 +2779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1460
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1486
msgid ""
"Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons "
"for this (e.g. time zones), or _Subsurface_ may be unable to decide which is "
@@ -2766,12 +2793,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1464
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1490
msgid "TIPS:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1471
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1497
msgid ""
"_Background service_, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list "
"with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point "
@@ -2784,7 +2811,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1475
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1501
msgid ""
"It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to "
"the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the _Name "
@@ -2793,13 +2820,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1477
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1503
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding photographs to dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1483
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1509
msgid ""
"Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs "
"during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific "
@@ -2808,13 +2835,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1484
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1510
#, no-wrap
msgid "Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1488
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1514
msgid ""
"Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then "
"right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option _Load "
@@ -2822,26 +2849,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1489
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1515
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1493
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1519
msgid ""
"The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need "
"to be loaded into _Subsurface_ and click the _Open_ button."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1494
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1520
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1503
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1529
msgid ""
"This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical "
"problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive "
@@ -2852,12 +2879,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1505
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1531
msgid "_Subsurface_ achieves this synchronisation in three ways:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1508
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1534
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Pro-actively*: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer "
@@ -2867,7 +2894,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1519
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1545
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Manually*: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a "
@@ -2894,13 +2921,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1520
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1546
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1538
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*By photograph*: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If "
@@ -2912,7 +2939,7 @@ msgid ""
"each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the _Time shift_ "
"dialog. If one uses\n"
"the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on\n"
-"the horizontal bar entitled \"_Select image of divecomputer showing "
+"the horizontal bar entitled \"_Select image of dive computer showing "
"time_. This brings up\n"
"a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer "
"time. Select the\n"
@@ -2933,30 +2960,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1541
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1567
msgid ""
"If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the "
"dive, it is not placed on the dive profile."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1542
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1568
#, no-wrap
msgid "Viewing the photos"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1545
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1571
msgid "After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1547
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1573
msgid "the _Photos_ tab of the *Notes* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1551
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1577
msgid ""
"as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions "
"reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos "
@@ -2965,37 +2992,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1552
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1555
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1581
msgid "This results in a profile display as in the image below:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1556
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1560
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1586
msgid ""
"If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail "
"photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1561
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1587
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1570
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1596
msgid ""
"Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the "
"_Subsurface_ window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have "
@@ -3007,19 +3034,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1571
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1573
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1599
#, no-wrap
msgid "The _Photos_ tab"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1584
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1610
msgid ""
"Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the _Photos_ "
"tab of the _Notes_ panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive "
@@ -3035,13 +3062,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1585
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1611
#, no-wrap
msgid "Photos on an external hard disk"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1596
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1622
msgid ""
"Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If "
"such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) "
@@ -3059,13 +3086,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1598
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1624
#, no-wrap
msgid "Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1608
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1634
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"After a photograph has been loaded into _Subsurface_ and associated with a "
@@ -3087,7 +3114,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1613
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1639
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"When a photo is loaded into _Subsurface_, a fingerprint for the image is "
@@ -3100,31 +3127,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1615
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1641
msgid ""
"look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) "
"where photos have been moved"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1616
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1642
msgid "to,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1618
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1644
msgid "calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1620
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1646
msgid ""
"if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally "
"calculated when a photo was"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1622
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1648
msgid ""
"loaded into _Subsurface_ (even if the original file name has changed), to "
"automatically update the directory information so that _Subsurface_ can find "
@@ -3132,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1627
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: _File -> Find moved "
@@ -3146,52 +3173,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1632
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1658
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1642
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1663
+msgid ""
+"_Subsurface_ automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can "
+"be accessed by _Subsurface_. When manipulating images, ensure that all the "
+"images associated with the dive log can be accessed by _Subsurface_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block *
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1665
+msgid ""
+"_Subsurface_ automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the "
+"fingerprints associated with a single dive if:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block *
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1666
+msgid ""
+"The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the *Dive "
+"Profile*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block *
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1667
msgid ""
-"Software for the automated finger print calculation of existing photo "
-"collections is under development. Currently single dives must be upgraded "
-"one at a time. Select the toolbar button on the *Dive profile* panel that "
-"enables the display of images. The thumbnails of images are shown on the "
-"dive profile. Then open the dive and change anything in the *Notes* panel "
-"that brings up the blue edit bar at the top of the notes panel to save the "
-"edits. For instance, add a space character at the end of the _Notes_ text "
-"box and immediately delete that space character. Select the option _Apply "
-"changes_ in the blue edit bar to save the dive information. Fingerprints "
-"are calculated while saving this specific dive."
+"One edits anything in the *Notes tab* panel and save the edits by selecting "
+"_Apply changes_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1646
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1671
#, no-wrap
msgid "Logging special types of dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1649
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1674
#, no-wrap
msgid "Multicylinder dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1656
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1681
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one "
-"cylinder. Multicylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have "
+"cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have "
"enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver "
"needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression "
-"needs of the dive. For this reason multicylinder dives are often used by "
+"needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by "
"technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as _Subsurface_ is concerned, "
"there are only two types of information that need to be provided:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1660
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1685
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Describe the cylinders used during the dive* This is performed in the "
@@ -3203,7 +3244,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1665
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1690
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:* "
@@ -3216,7 +3257,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1673
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1698
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile*: If the latter option\n"
@@ -3233,7 +3274,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1677
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1702
msgid ""
"Having performed these tasks, _Subsurface_ indicates the appropriate use of "
"cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off "
@@ -3242,30 +3283,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1678
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/multicylinder_dive.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1680
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1705
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sidemount dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1686
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1711
msgid ""
-"Sidemount diving is just another form of multicylinder diving, often with "
+"Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with "
"both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular "
"configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by "
"recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount "
-"dive logging involves, exactly as with multicylinder dives, above, three "
+"dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three "
"steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1695
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*During the dive, record cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving "
@@ -3287,7 +3328,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1698
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1723
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Within _Subsurface_ describe the cylinders used during the dive*. The diver "
@@ -3298,7 +3339,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1708
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1733
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Indicate cylinder change events on the _Subsurface_ dive profile*. Once the "
@@ -3323,32 +3364,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1709
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/sidemount1.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1712
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1737
msgid ""
"This section gives an example of the versatility of _Subsurface_ as a dive "
"logging tool."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1715
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1740
#, no-wrap
msgid "Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1717
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1742
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/halcyon_RB80.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1727
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1752
msgid ""
"Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in "
"diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes, "
@@ -3364,19 +3405,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1729
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1754
msgid ""
"To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps "
"outlined above:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1731
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1756
msgid "Select pSCR in the _Dive Mode_ dropdown list on the *Info* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1735
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1760
msgid ""
"pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. "
"Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the "
@@ -3385,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1740
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1765
msgid ""
"If a pSCR _Dive Mode_ has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is "
"adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires "
@@ -3395,25 +3436,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1741
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/pSCR_profile.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1746
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1771
#, no-wrap
msgid "Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1748
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1773
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/APD.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1753
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1778
msgid ""
"Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that "
"has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen "
@@ -3421,12 +3462,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1754
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1779
msgid "remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1763
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1788
msgid ""
"regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The "
"CCR interface of _Subsurface_ is currently experimental and under active "
@@ -3441,13 +3482,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1764
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid "Import a CCR dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1778
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1803
msgid ""
"See the section dealing with xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive "
"information from other digital sources]. From the main menu of _Subsurface_, "
@@ -3466,13 +3507,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1779
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1804
#, no-wrap
msgid "Displayed information for a CCR dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1789
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1814
msgid ""
"_Partial pressures of gases_: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the "
"information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to "
@@ -3486,12 +3527,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1791
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1816
msgid "For TWO O~2~ sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1795
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1820
msgid ""
"For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However "
"differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different "
@@ -3500,19 +3541,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1797
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1822
msgid ""
"If no sensor data are available, the pO~2~ value is assumed to be equal to "
"the setpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1799
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1824
msgid "The mean pO~2~ of the sensors is indicated with a green line,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1807
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1832
msgid ""
"The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual "
"oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is "
@@ -3524,13 +3565,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1808
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1833
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1815
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1840
msgid ""
"Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional "
"oxygen-related information whenever the pO~2~ toolbar button on the "
@@ -3541,13 +3582,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1816
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1841
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1820
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1845
msgid ""
"The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual "
"oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded "
@@ -3555,22 +3596,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1822
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1847
msgid "Sensor 1: grey"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1823
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1848
msgid "Sensor 2: blue"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1824
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1849
msgid "Sensor 3: brown"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1828
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1853
msgid ""
"The mean oxygen pO~2~ is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct "
"comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting "
@@ -3578,13 +3619,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1829
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1834
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1859
msgid ""
"The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating "
"both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, "
@@ -3592,7 +3633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1838
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1863
msgid ""
"_Events_: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open "
"circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers "
@@ -3601,7 +3642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1846
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1871
msgid ""
"_Cylinder pressures_: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record "
"the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these "
@@ -3614,13 +3655,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1847
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1852
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1877
msgid ""
"_Equipment-specific information_: Equipment-specific information gathered by "
"_Subsurface_ is shown in the xref:S_ExtraDataTab[Extra data tab]. This may "
@@ -3628,7 +3669,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1858
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1883
msgid ""
"The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the "
"precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from "
@@ -3640,13 +3681,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1859 ./user-manual.txt:2042
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1884 ./user-manual.txt:2067
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/cceiling.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1864
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1889
msgid ""
"The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However, "
"this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting "
@@ -3655,13 +3696,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1865
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1890
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1869
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1894
msgid ""
"More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for "
"Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in "
@@ -3670,19 +3711,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1870
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1895
#, no-wrap
msgid "Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1872
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1897
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Info* tab (for individual dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1879
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1904
msgid ""
"The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has "
"been selected in the *Dive List*. Useful information here includes the "
@@ -3692,7 +3733,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1886
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1911
msgid ""
"Gas consumption and SAC calculations: _Subsurface_ calculates SAC and Gas "
"consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank "
@@ -3701,13 +3742,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1888
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1913
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Extra Data* tab (usually for individual dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1896
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1921
msgid ""
"When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot "
"easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the "
@@ -3719,19 +3760,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1897
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1922
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1899
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1924
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Stats* tab (for groups of dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1910
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1935
msgid ""
"The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that "
"more than one dive has been selected in the *Dive List* using the standard "
@@ -3744,19 +3785,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1912
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1937
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Dive Profile*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1914
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1939
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Profile2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1925
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1950
msgid ""
"Of all the panels in _Subsurface_, the Dive Profile contains the most "
"detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a *button bar* on "
@@ -3769,7 +3810,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1932
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1957
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Colour*|*Descent speed (m/min)*|*Ascent speed (m/min)*\n"
@@ -3781,7 +3822,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1937
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1962
msgid ""
"The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the "
"graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other "
@@ -3790,13 +3831,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1938
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1963
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/scale.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1943
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1968
msgid ""
"In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the *Dive "
"Profile* panel. Clicking the *Scale* button in the toolbar on the left of "
@@ -3805,7 +3846,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1946
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1971
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Water temperature* is displayed with its own blue line with temperature "
@@ -3814,7 +3855,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1953
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1978
msgid ""
"The dive profile can include graphs of the *partial pressures* of O~2~, "
"N~2~, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and "
@@ -3825,13 +3866,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1954
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1979
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/O2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1958
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1983
msgid ""
"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *oxygen* "
"during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature "
@@ -3839,26 +3880,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1959
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1984
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/N2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1962
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1987
msgid ""
"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *nitrogen* "
"during the dive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1963
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1988
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/He.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1967
+#: ./user-manual.txt:1992
msgid ""
"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *helium* "
"during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, "
@@ -3866,7 +3907,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1980
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2005
msgid ""
"The *air consumption* graph displays the tank pressure and its change during "
"the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when "
@@ -3881,13 +3922,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1981
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2006
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/Heartbutton.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1985
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2010
msgid ""
"Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate "
"information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart "
@@ -3895,7 +3936,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1993
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"It is possible to *zoom* into the profile graph. This is done either by "
@@ -3910,19 +3951,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1994
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2019
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/MeasuringBar.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:1996
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2021
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ruler.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2004
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2029
msgid ""
"Measurements of *depth or time differences* can be achieved by using the "
"*ruler button* on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is "
@@ -3932,13 +3973,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2005
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2030
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ShowPhotos.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2012
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2037
msgid ""
"Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by "
"selecting the *Show-photo* button. The position of a photo on the profile "
@@ -3947,7 +3988,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2041
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2066
msgid ""
"The profile can also include the dive computer reported *ceiling* (more "
"precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each "
@@ -3977,7 +4018,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2047
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2072
msgid ""
"If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to "
"_Subsurface_ during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by "
@@ -3985,13 +4026,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2048
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ceiling1.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2053
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2078
msgid ""
"If the *Calculated ceiling* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a "
"ceiling, calculated by _Subsurface_, is shown in green if it exists for a "
@@ -4000,13 +4041,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2054
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ceiling2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2058
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2083
msgid ""
"If, in addition, the *show all tissues* button on the Profile Panel is "
"clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the "
@@ -4014,32 +4055,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2059
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2084
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ceiling3.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2063
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2088
msgid ""
"If, in addition, the *3m increments* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, "
"then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (*C* in figure below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2064
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2089
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Ceilings2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2066
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2072
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2097
msgid ""
"By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be "
"represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the *Dive Profile*. In "
@@ -4051,19 +4092,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2073
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2098
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2076
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2101
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/tissues.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2088
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2113
msgid ""
"Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure "
"(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann "
@@ -4082,13 +4123,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2089
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2114
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/tissuesGraph.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2097
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2122
msgid ""
"Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their "
"depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on "
@@ -4101,7 +4142,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2099
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2124
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding "
@@ -4109,7 +4150,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2101
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2126
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** "
@@ -4118,13 +4159,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2103
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2128
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Dive Profile context menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2121
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2146
msgid ""
"The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while "
"the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the "
@@ -4145,13 +4186,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2123
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2148
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Information Box*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2133
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2158
msgid ""
"The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the "
"dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the "
@@ -4164,13 +4205,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2134
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2159
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/InfoBox2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2151
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2176
msgid ""
"The moment the mouse points inside the *Dive Profile* panel, the information "
"box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect "
@@ -4191,20 +4232,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2154
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2179
msgid ""
"The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as "
"four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2155
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2180
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/MOD.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2164
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2189
msgid ""
"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Maximum "
"Operating Depth (MOD)* of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is "
@@ -4216,13 +4257,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2165
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2190
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/NDL.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2174
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2199
msgid ""
"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *No-deco "
"Limit (NDL)* or the *Total Time to Surface (TTS)*. NDL is the time duration "
@@ -4235,13 +4276,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2175
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2200
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/SAC.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2184
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2209
msgid ""
"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Surface Air "
"Consumption (SAC)*. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised "
@@ -4254,13 +4295,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2185
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2210
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/EAD.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2200
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2225
msgid ""
"Clicking this button displays the *Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)* for nitrox "
"dives as well as the *Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)* for trimix "
@@ -4277,20 +4318,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2202
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2227
msgid ""
"Figure (*B*) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of "
"data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2204
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2229
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Gas Pressure Bar Graph"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2211
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2236
msgid ""
"On the left of the *Information Box* is a vertical bar graph indicating the "
"pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if "
@@ -4301,13 +4342,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2212
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2237
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2218
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2243
msgid ""
"The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the "
"light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and "
@@ -4317,7 +4358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2224
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2249
msgid ""
"The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the "
"equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually "
@@ -4328,7 +4369,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2228
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2253
msgid ""
"The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of "
"inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann "
@@ -4336,7 +4377,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2233
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2258
msgid ""
"The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to "
"the depth of the diver at the particular point on the *Dive Profile*. The "
@@ -4346,7 +4387,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2237
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2262
msgid ""
"The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived "
"M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation "
@@ -4354,7 +4395,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2240
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2265
msgid ""
"These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the "
"Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand "
@@ -4362,7 +4403,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2243
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2268
msgid ""
"Graph *A* indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the "
"surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the "
@@ -4370,7 +4411,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2246
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2271
msgid ""
"Graph *B* indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the "
"tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas "
@@ -4378,7 +4419,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2251
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2276
msgid ""
"Graph *C* represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast "
"compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of "
@@ -4388,7 +4429,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2257
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2282
msgid ""
"Graph *D* shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, "
"during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 "
@@ -4399,7 +4440,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2262
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2287
msgid ""
"Graph *E* indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 "
"minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the "
@@ -4409,19 +4450,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2265
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2290
#, no-wrap
msgid "Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2267
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2292
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Dive List context menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2271
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2296
msgid ""
"Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed "
"using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or "
@@ -4430,30 +4471,30 @@ msgstr ""
#. TODO: NEEDS REPLACEMENT
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2273
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2298
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/ContextMenu.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2276
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2301
msgid "The context menu is used in many manipulations described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2277
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2302
#, no-wrap
msgid "Customising the columns showed in the *Dive List* panel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2279
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2304
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DiveListOptions.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2287
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2312
msgid ""
"The default information in the *Dive List* includes, for each dive, "
"Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This "
@@ -4467,13 +4508,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2289
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2314
#, no-wrap
msgid "Renumbering the dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2301
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2326
msgid ""
"Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low "
"sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The "
@@ -4489,7 +4530,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2306
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2331
msgid ""
"One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the "
"dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the "
@@ -4499,13 +4540,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2308
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2333
#, no-wrap
msgid "Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2316
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2341
msgid ""
"For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. _Subsurface_ "
"can group dives into _trips_. It performs this by grouping dives that have "
@@ -4516,13 +4557,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2317
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2342
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Group2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2323
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2348
msgid ""
"Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without "
"having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive "
@@ -4531,13 +4572,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2324
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2349
#, no-wrap
msgid "Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2337
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2362
msgid ""
"Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip "
"title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip "
@@ -4551,13 +4592,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2338
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2363
#, no-wrap
msgid "Viewing the dives during a particular trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2343
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2368
msgid ""
"Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more "
"trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This "
@@ -4566,13 +4607,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2344
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2369
#, no-wrap
msgid "Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2349
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2374
msgid ""
"After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows "
"several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This "
@@ -4580,13 +4621,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2350
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2375
#, no-wrap
msgid "Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2355
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2380
msgid ""
"After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips "
"by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip "
@@ -4594,13 +4635,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2356
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2381
#, no-wrap
msgid "Splitting a single trip into more than one trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2366
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2391
msgid ""
"If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips "
"(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and "
@@ -4612,25 +4653,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2367
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2392
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/SplitDive3a.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2369
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2394
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manipulating single dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2371
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2396
#, no-wrap
msgid "Delete a dive from the dive log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2378
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2403
msgid ""
"Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and "
"right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting *Delete "
@@ -4640,29 +4681,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2379
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2404
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unlink a dive from a trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2386
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2411
msgid ""
"Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do "
"this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context "
"menu. Then select the option *Remove dive(s) from trip*. The dive(s) now "
"appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending "
-"on the date and time of the unliked dive."
+"on the date and time of the unlinked dive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2387
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2412
#, no-wrap
msgid "Add a dive to the trip immediately above"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2392
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2417
msgid ""
"Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed "
"within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to "
@@ -4670,13 +4711,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2393
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2418
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shift the start time of dive(s)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2404
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2429
msgid ""
"Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply "
"to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the "
@@ -4689,13 +4730,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2405
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2430
#, no-wrap
msgid "Merge dives into a single dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2415
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2440
msgid ""
"Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the "
"surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by "
@@ -4709,19 +4750,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2416
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2441
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/MergedDive.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2418
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2443
#, no-wrap
msgid "Undo dive manipulations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2424
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2449
msgid ""
"Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or "
"redone. This includes: _delete dives_, _merge dives_, _renumber dives_ and "
@@ -4731,13 +4772,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2427
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid "Filtering the dive list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2433
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2458
msgid ""
"The dives in the *Dive List* panel can be filtered, that is, one can select "
"only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, "
@@ -4747,7 +4788,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2441
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2466
msgid ""
"To open the filter, select _Log -> Filter divelist_ from the main menu. This "
"opens the _Filter Panel_ at the top of the _Subsurface_ window. Three icons "
@@ -4761,13 +4802,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2442
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2467
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Filterpanel.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2451
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2476
msgid ""
"Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person "
"(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented "
@@ -4780,7 +4821,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2459
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2484
msgid ""
"To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one "
"of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the "
@@ -4792,75 +4833,85 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2461
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2486
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2464
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2489
msgid "There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2466
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2491
msgid "Export dive information to _Facebook_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2468
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2493
msgid ""
"xref:S_Export_other[Export dive information to other destinations or "
"formats]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2470
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2495
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting dive information to _Facebook_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2479
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2504
msgid ""
"Export of dives to _Facebook_ is handled differently from other types of "
"export because a connection to _Facebook_ is required, needing a _Facebook_ "
-"userID and password. If, from the Main Menu, one selects _File -> "
-"Preferences -> Facebook_, a login screen is presented (see image *A* to the "
-"left, below). Provide your _Facebook_ userID and password. Once a "
-"successful login to _Facebook_ has been achieved, the panel in image *B*, "
-"below is presented, including a _Disconnect from Facebook_ button to close "
-"the _Facebook_ connection."
+"userID and password. If, from the *Main Menu*, one selects _File -> "
+"Preferences -> Facebook_, a login screen is presented (image *A* to the "
+"left, below). Provide a _Facebook_ userID and password. Once a successful "
+"login to _Facebook_ has been achieved, the panel in image *B*, below is "
+"presented, including a _Disconnect from Facebook_ button to close the "
+"_Facebook_ connection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2480
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2505
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/facebook1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2492
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2510
+msgid ""
+"From the _Subsurface_ window it is easy to determe whether _Subsurface_ has "
+"a valid connection to _Facebook_ From the *Main Menu*, select _Share on -> "
+"Facebook_ (image *A*, below). Normally, the _Facebook_ option is greyed "
+"out. But if there is a connection to _Facebook_, this option is active "
+"(i.e. in black colour and can be selected)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2520
msgid ""
"Having established a login to _Facebook_, transfer of a dive profile to "
-"one's _Facebook_ timeline is easy. Ensure that the dive to transfer to the "
-"timeline is depicted in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel. If one "
-"selects _Share on -> Facebook_ from the *Main Menu* a dialogue is shown, "
-"determining the amount of additional information transferred with the dive "
-"profile (see image *B*, below). In order to transfer a dive profile to "
-"_Facebook_, the name of a _Facebook_ album needs to be provided. The "
-"checkboxes on the lefthand side allow one to determine how much additional "
-"information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is "
-"shown in the text box on the right hand side of the panel (see image *B*, "
-"below). One can easily edit the message that will be posted with the dive "
-"profile. Having specified the additional information and verified the text, "
-"select the _OK_ button that triggers the transfer to _Facebook_. After a "
-"while, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating successful transfer "
-"to _Facebook_."
+"one's _Facebook_ timeline is easy. Ensure that the dive to be transfered to "
+"the timeline is depicted in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel. If, from "
+"the *Main Menu*, one selects _Share on -> Facebook_ (see image *A* below), a "
+"dialogue is shown, determining the amount of additional information "
+"transferred with the dive profile (image *B*, below). In order to transfer a "
+"dive profile to _Facebook_, the name of a _Facebook_ album needs to be "
+"provided. The checkboxes on the lefthand side allow one to determine how "
+"much additional information should be transferred with the dive "
+"profile. This information is shown in the text box on the right hand side of "
+"the panel (image *B*, below). One can easily edit the message that will be "
+"posted with the dive profile. Having specified the additional information "
+"and verified the text, select the _OK_ button that triggers the transfer to "
+"_Facebook_. After a while, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating "
+"successful transfer to _Facebook_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2499
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2527
msgid ""
"Both the album created and the post to one's timeline will be marked as "
"private. In order for friends to be able to see the post, change its "
@@ -4870,13 +4921,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2500
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2528
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/facebook2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2503
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2532
msgid ""
"If required, then close the _Facebook_ connection by either closing "
"_Subsurface_ or by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Facebook_ from the Main "
@@ -4884,13 +4935,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2505
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2534
#, no-wrap
msgid "Export dive information to other destinations or formats"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2510
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2539
msgid ""
"For non-_Facebook exports_, the export function can be reached by selecting "
"_File -> Export_, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always "
@@ -4900,23 +4951,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2511
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2540
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Export_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2514
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2543
msgid "A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2516
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2545
msgid "_Subsurface XML_ format. This is the native format used by _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2520
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2549
msgid ""
"Universal Dive Data Format (_UDDF_). Refer to _http://uddf.org_ for more "
"information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many "
@@ -4924,7 +4975,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2524
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2553
msgid ""
"_Divelogs.de_, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to "
"_Divelogs.de_, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for "
@@ -4933,7 +4984,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2528
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2557
msgid ""
"_DiveShare_ is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the "
"recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID, "
@@ -4941,7 +4992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2533
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2562
msgid ""
"_CSV dive details_, that includes the most critical information of the dive "
"profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, "
@@ -4950,7 +5001,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2536
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2565
msgid ""
"_CSV dive profile_, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, "
"including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each "
@@ -4958,7 +5009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2549
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2578
msgid ""
"_HTML_ format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with "
"an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript "
@@ -4975,7 +5026,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2554
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2583
msgid ""
"_Worldmap_ format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and "
"some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one "
@@ -4984,13 +5035,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2555
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2584
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/mapview_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2562
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2591
msgid ""
"_Image depths_, which creates a text file that contains the file names of "
"all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the _Dive "
@@ -4999,12 +5050,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2564
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2593
msgid "_General Settings_, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2572
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported "
@@ -5022,27 +5073,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2575
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2604
msgid ""
"Under _Style Options_ some style-related options are available like font "
"size and theme."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2578
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2607
msgid ""
"Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for "
"instance _www.divelogs.de_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2580
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2609
#, no-wrap
msgid "Keeping a _Subsurface_ dive log in the Cloud"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2591
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2620
msgid ""
"For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a "
"record of diving activities for one's own pleasure, but it is important "
@@ -5057,10 +5108,10 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2597
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2626
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage "
-"backend that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a "
+"back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a "
"dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the "
"local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as "
"a user on the cloud. To use _Subsurface cloud storage_ , follow these "
@@ -5068,13 +5119,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2598
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2627
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create a cloud storage account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2615
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2644
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Open the *Network Preferences* by selecting _File_ -> _Preferences_ -> "
@@ -5102,13 +5153,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2616
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2645
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using _Subsurface cloud storage_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2626
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in "
@@ -5127,7 +5178,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2631
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Subsurface_ keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility "
@@ -5140,13 +5191,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2633
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2662
#, no-wrap
msgid "Web access to _Subsurface cloud storage_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2643
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2672
msgid ""
"One of the nice side benefits of using _Subsurface cloud storage_ is that "
"one can also access one's dive data from any web browser. Simply open "
@@ -5159,13 +5210,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2644
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2673
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other cloud services"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2654
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2683
msgid ""
"If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and "
"don't need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the "
@@ -5176,13 +5227,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2655
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2684
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Cloud.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2664
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2693
msgid ""
"The _Dropbox_ program creates a copy of the _Dropbox_ Internet Cloud content "
"on one's desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, "
@@ -5195,7 +5246,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2671
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2700
msgid ""
"In this way a dive log in one's _Dropbox_ folder can be accessed seamlessly "
"from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet "
@@ -5205,7 +5256,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2677
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2706
msgid ""
"Alternatively one can use _Dropbox_ as a mechanism to backup one's dive "
"log. To Store a dive log on _Dropbox_, select _File -> Save as_ from the "
@@ -5216,20 +5267,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2680
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2709
msgid ""
"Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the "
"same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2683
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2712
#, no-wrap
msgid "Printing a dive log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2687
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive "
@@ -5239,12 +5290,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2689
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2718
msgid "Before printing, two decisions are required:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2692
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2721
msgid ""
"Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the "
"dive log is required, then select the required dives from the *Dive List* "
@@ -5252,7 +5303,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2694
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2723
msgid ""
"If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information "
"should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to "
@@ -5260,7 +5311,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2697
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2726
msgid ""
"If _File -> Print_ is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below "
"(image *A*) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired "
@@ -5268,35 +5319,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2698 ./user-manual.txt:4113
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2727 ./user-manual.txt:4154
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print1_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2701
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2730
msgid "Under _Print type_ select one of two options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2703
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2732
msgid ""
"_Dive list print_: Print dives from the *Dive List* panel with profiles and "
"other information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2704
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2733
msgid "_Statistics print_: Print yearly statistics of the dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2706
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2735
msgid "Under _Print options_ select:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2711
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2740
msgid ""
"Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the "
"print dialogue by checking the box _Print only selected dives_. If this "
@@ -5304,85 +5355,73 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2713
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2742
msgid ""
"Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with _Print in colour_. If "
"this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2716
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2745
msgid ""
"Under _Template_ select a template to be used as the page layout. There are "
"several templates (see image *B*, above)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2718
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2747
msgid "_Table_: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2719
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2748
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2722
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2751
msgid ""
"_Flow layout_: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the "
"dive profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2723
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2752
msgid "of each dive (see below):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2724
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2753
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2727
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2756
msgid ""
"_One Dive_: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see "
"below)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2728
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2757
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/print2_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2732
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2761
msgid "_Two Dives_: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2733
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2762
msgid "_Six Dives_: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2734
-msgid ""
-"_Custom_: This option allows customisation of the print contents and "
-"layout. This is"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2735
-msgid "discussed at the end of this section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2739
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2766
msgid ""
"Users can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on "
"the dialogue (see image *A* at the start of this section). After preview, "
@@ -5391,7 +5430,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2743
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2770
msgid ""
"Next, select the _Print_ button (see image *A* at the start of this "
"section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user "
@@ -5400,13 +5439,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2744
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2771
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print_print_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2749
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2776
msgid ""
"Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing "
"the printer _Properties_. Finally, select the _Print_ button to print the "
@@ -5415,19 +5454,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2750
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2777
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Printpreview.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2752
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2779
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Write a custom printing template (advanced)"
+msgid "Writing a custom print template (advanced)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2756
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2783
msgid ""
"Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized "
"printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create "
@@ -5438,13 +5477,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2758
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2785
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configuring a dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2766
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2793
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ enables one to configure a dive computer. Currently the "
"Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, "
@@ -5459,30 +5498,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2771
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2798
msgid ""
"Once the dive computer is connected to the _Subsurface_ computer, select "
"_File -> Configure dive computer_ from the _Main Menu_. Provide the "
"appropriate device name in the text box at the top of the configuration "
"panel and select the appropriate dive computer model from the panel on the "
-"lefthand (see image below)."
+"left-hand (see image below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2772
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2799
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2775
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2802
msgid ""
"Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following "
"actions can be performed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2778
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2805
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Retrieve available details*. This loads the existing configuration from the "
@@ -5491,7 +5530,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2780
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Save changes to device*. This changes the configuration of the\n"
@@ -5500,7 +5539,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2782
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2809
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Backup*. This saves the configuration data to a file. _Subsurface_ asks "
@@ -5509,7 +5548,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2784
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2811
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Restore backup*. This loads the information from a backup file and displays "
@@ -5518,7 +5557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2786
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Update firmware*. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this "
@@ -5527,42 +5566,43 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2789
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2816
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2797
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2826
msgid ""
-"There are several settings within _Subsurface_ that the user can "
-"specify. These are found when selecting _File -> Preferences_. The settings "
-"are performed in five groups: *Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and "
-"*Network*. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must "
+"There are several user-definable settings within _Subsurface_, found by "
+"selecting _File -> Preferences_. The settings are performed in seven groups: "
+"*Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and *Network*, *Facebook* and "
+"*Georeference*, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must "
"specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved "
"using the *Apply* button. After applying all the new settings users can then "
-"leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*."
+"leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*. If *Discard* is selected, "
+"changes to the preferences are not saved."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2798
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2827
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defaults"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2801
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2830
msgid "There are several settings in the *Defaults* panel:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2802
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2831
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2806
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** *Lists and tables*: Here one can specify the font type and font size of "
@@ -5572,7 +5612,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2811
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2840
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** *Dives*: For the _Default Dive File_ one needs to specify the directory "
@@ -5585,7 +5625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2812
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2841
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_No default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ does not automatically load a "
@@ -5593,7 +5633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2814
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Local default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ automatically loads a dive "
@@ -5602,7 +5642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2816
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Cloud storage default file_: When checked, _Subsurface automatically loads "
@@ -5612,7 +5652,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2818
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2847
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to "
@@ -5620,10 +5660,10 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2821
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2850
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"dives that he/she don't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still "
+"dives that he/she doesn't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still "
"want to\n"
"keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed "
"in\n"
@@ -5631,19 +5671,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2823
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2852
#, no-wrap
msgid "** *Default cylinder*: Specify the default cylinder listed in\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2824
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2853
#, no-wrap
msgid "the *Equipment* tab of the *Notes* panel.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2826
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2855
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** *Animations*: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed "
@@ -5651,7 +5691,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2832
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2861
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from "
@@ -5667,7 +5707,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2834
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2863
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** *Clear all settings*: As indicated in the button below this heading, all "
@@ -5675,36 +5715,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2835
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2864
#, no-wrap
msgid "cleared and set to default values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2836
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2865
#, no-wrap
msgid "Units"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2837
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2866
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2844
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2873
msgid ""
-"Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, "
+"Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, "
"volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio "
-"button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen "
+"button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen "
"measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the *Personalise* radio "
"button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric "
"system and others in imperial."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2850
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2879
msgid ""
"Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in "
"seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be "
@@ -5713,39 +5753,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2851
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2880
#, no-wrap
msgid "Graph"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2853
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2882
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref3_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2857
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2886
msgid "This panel allows two type of selections:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2877
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Show*: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of\n"
"the dive profile:\n"
"** Thresholds: _Subsurface_ can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium "
"partial pressures during\n"
-" the dive. enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive "
+" the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive "
"Profile*\n"
" panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on "
"the right-hand side of the\n"
" Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold "
"level, the graph is\n"
-" highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial presure "
+" highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure "
"threshold has been exceeded.\n"
-"** _Max pO~2~ whn displaying MOD_ is the value used to calculate the maximum "
+"** _Max pO~2~ is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum "
"operative depth (MOD)\n"
" for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is "
"commonly used.\n"
@@ -5754,32 +5794,31 @@ msgid ""
" the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.\n"
" Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does "
"report it, it may differ\n"
-" from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_. This is because of the "
-"different algorithms and\n"
-" gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the "
-"dynamic way that a\n"
+" from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_ because of the different "
+"algorithms and\n"
+" gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a\n"
" dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.\n"
"** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of "
"information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment "
-"Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered "
+"Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered "
"using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such "
"a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.\n"
"** _Show average depth_: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile* panel "
"contains a grey line that indicates\n"
" the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the "
-"dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest average depth "
+"dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth "
"just before the\n"
" ascent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2879
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2908
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Misc*:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2892
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the _gradient factors_ used "
@@ -5806,7 +5845,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2894
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" *** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding "
@@ -5814,7 +5853,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2896
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2925
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" *** "
@@ -5823,7 +5862,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2900
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2929
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** _CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:_ With this checkbox ativated, the "
@@ -5835,7 +5874,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2904
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** _CCR: Show individual O~2~ sensor values when viewing pO~2~:_ Show the "
@@ -5846,13 +5885,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2906
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2935
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2908
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2937
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:_ Specify the O~2~ setpoint for "
@@ -5860,7 +5899,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2911
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"CCR dive plan. This determines the pO~2~ maintained\n"
@@ -5870,7 +5909,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2913
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2942
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _pSCR O~2~ metabolism rate:_ For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, "
@@ -5878,7 +5917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2915
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR "
@@ -5887,7 +5926,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2917
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2946
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _pSCR ratio:_ For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas "
@@ -5895,7 +5934,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2919
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for "
@@ -5904,66 +5943,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2921
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2950
#, no-wrap
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2923
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2952
msgid "Choose a language that _Subsurface_ will use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2924
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2953
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref4_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2934
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2963
msgid ""
"A checkbox allows one to use the _System Default_ language which in most "
"cases will be the correct setting; with this _Subsurface_ simply runs in the "
-"same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some "
-"reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / "
-"country combination from the list of included localizations. The _Filter_ "
-"text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are "
-"several system variants of English or French. *This particular preference "
-"requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect*."
+"same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this "
+"is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a "
+"language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The "
+"_Filter_ text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there "
+"are several system variants of English or French. *This particular "
+"preference requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2935
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2964
#, no-wrap
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2942
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2970
msgid ""
"This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources "
"on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs "
-"to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage, the "
-"<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>> or data export/import from "
-"_Divelogs.de_. These Internet requirements are determined by one's type of "
-"connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used. "
-"One's ISP should provide the appropriate information."
+"to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the "
+"<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>>. These Internet requirements are "
+"determined by one's type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet "
+"Service Provider (ISP) used. One's ISP should provide the appropriate "
+"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2943
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2971
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref5_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2946
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2974
msgid "This dialogue has three sections:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2954
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2982
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Proxy type_:\n"
@@ -5980,11 +6019,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2959
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2987
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"** _Subsurface cloud storage_: In order to store one's dive log in the "
-"cloud, a valid email address\n"
+"** _Subsurface cloud storage_: To store one's dive log in the cloud, a valid "
+"email address\n"
" and password are required. This allows _Subsurface_ to email security "
"information\n"
" regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage "
@@ -5993,7 +6032,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2960
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2988
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Sync to cloud in the background_: This option allows saving of dive "
@@ -6001,13 +6040,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2961
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2989
#, no-wrap
-msgid "while the user performs other tasks inside _Subsurface_.\n"
+msgid "while the user performs other tasks within _Subsurface_.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2962
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Save password locally_: This allows local storage of the cloud storage "
@@ -6015,13 +6054,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2963
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2991
#, no-wrap
msgid "information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2968
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2996
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Subsurface web service_: When one subscribes to the "
@@ -6034,55 +6073,67 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2971
+#: ./user-manual.txt:2999
#, no-wrap
msgid "Facebook Accesss"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2974
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3002
msgid ""
"This panel allows one to log into a Facebook account in order to transfer "
"information from Subsurface to Facefook."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2975
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3003
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref6_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2983
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3011
msgid ""
"If one provides a valid Facebook userID and password, a connection to "
"Facebook is created. The connection to Facebook is closed when one closes "
-"down Subsurface. At this point the checkbox labelled \"Keep connection to "
+"down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled \"Keep me logged in to "
"Subsurface\", on the login screen has no effect. See the section "
"xref:S_facebook[Exporting dive profiles to Facebook] for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2984
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3012
#, no-wrap
msgid "Georeference"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2988
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3020
msgid ""
-"_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, an ability to look up "
-"the geographic coordinates of a place name)."
+"_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates "
+"of a dive site (derived from a click on the *Dive Map panel* at the bottom "
+"right of the _Subsurface_ window, or from a GPS instrument or from the "
+"_Subsurface_ Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find "
+"the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works "
+"if _Subsurface_ has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site "
+"name can be configured, e.g. _Country/State/City_ or _City/State/Country_ "
+"(see image below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Target for macro image
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3021
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "images/Pref7_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2990
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3024
#, no-wrap
msgid "The _Subsurface_ dive planner"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:2995
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3029
msgid ""
"Dive planning is an advanced feature of _Subsurface_, accessible by "
"selecting _Log -> Plan Dive_ from the main menu. It allows calculation of "
@@ -6091,7 +6142,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3003
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3037
msgid ""
"The _Subsurface_ dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user "
"is already familiar with the _Subsurface_ user interface. It is explicitly "
@@ -6099,19 +6150,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3006
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3040
msgid ""
"The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to "
"perform dive planning."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3007
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3041
msgid "The user plans dives within his/her certification limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3010
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3044
msgid ""
"Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the "
"_average person_ and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health "
@@ -6119,32 +6170,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3011
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3045
msgid ""
"The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is "
"used."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3012
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3046
msgid "The user is familiar with the user interface of _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3014
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3048
msgid ""
"A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should "
"not use this feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3016
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3050
#, no-wrap
msgid "The _Subsurface_ dive planner screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3021
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3055
msgid ""
"Like the _Subsurface_ dive log, the planner screen is divided into several "
"sections (see image below). The *setup* parameters for a dive are entered "
@@ -6154,7 +6205,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3025
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3059
msgid ""
"At the top right hand is a green *design panel* upon which the profile of "
"the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained "
@@ -6163,7 +6214,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3029
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3063
msgid ""
"At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of _Dive Plan "
"Details_. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way "
@@ -6172,26 +6223,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3030
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3064
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3033
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3067
#, no-wrap
msgid "Open circuit dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3036
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3070
msgid ""
"Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image "
"above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3039
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Open Circuit (the default)\n"
@@ -6200,12 +6251,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3041
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3075
msgid "Choose the Open Circuit option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3045
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3079
msgid ""
"In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant "
"dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the "
@@ -6215,7 +6266,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3054
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3088
msgid ""
"In the table labelled _Available Gases_, add the information of the "
"cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that "
@@ -6225,17 +6276,17 @@ msgid ""
"pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed "
"empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen "
"and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add "
-"additional cylinders by using the \"+\" icon to the top righthand of the "
+"additional cylinders by using the \"+\" icon to the top right-hand of the "
"dialogue."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3056
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3090
msgid "The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3061
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3095
msgid ""
"Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in "
"a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by "
@@ -6245,7 +6296,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3069
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3103
msgid ""
"The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate "
"values into the table marked _Dive planner points_. The first line of the "
@@ -6259,53 +6310,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3070
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3104
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recreational dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3085
-msgid ""
-"The _Subsurface_ dive planner allows a sophisticated way of planning "
-"recreational dives, i.e. dives that remain within no-decompression limits. "
-"The dive planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred "
-"in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that "
-"can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for "
-"recreational dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a "
-"dive is taken into acount. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant "
-"depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a \"square\" dive "
-"profile). This means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load "
-"incurred during previous dives. The _Subsurface_ dive planner calculates "
-"nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous "
-"dives, in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a "
-"dive. This mean that the diver gets 'credit' in terms of nitrogen loading "
-"for not remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning "
-"a longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to "
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3119
+msgid ""
+"Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the "
+"non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can "
+"stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression "
+"stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The "
+"planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in "
+"previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can "
+"take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational "
+"dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken "
+"into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth "
+"corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a \"square\" dive profile). This "
+"means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during "
+"previous dives. The _Subsurface_ dive planner calculates nitrogen load "
+"according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a "
+"similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This "
+"means that the diver gets 'credit' in terms of nitrogen loading for not "
+"remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a "
+"longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to "
"upload all previous dives onto _Subsurface_ before performing dive planning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3088
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3121
msgid "To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3091
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3124
msgid ""
"Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This "
"allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3094
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3127
msgid ""
"Immediately under the heading _Planning_ are two checkboxes _Recreational_ "
"and _Safety Stop_. Check these two boxes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3098
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3131
msgid ""
"Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the "
"starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under "
@@ -6313,7 +6366,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3103
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3136
msgid ""
"The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough "
"air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic, "
@@ -6323,33 +6376,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3106
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3145
msgid ""
"Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the "
"bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often "
-"used."
+"used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need "
+"need to bring one's buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is "
+"used in sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard "
+"to estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of "
+"pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But _Subsurface_ "
+"can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the "
+"amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the \"deco gas“). Subsurface still "
+"uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the "
+"additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one's "
+"pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is "
+"user configurable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3113
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3153
msgid ""
"Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the "
"dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the "
"table under _Dive planner points_ as desribed under the previous heading. If "
"this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the "
"dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate "
-"dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_ table."
+"dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_ table. _Subsurface_ will "
+"automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration "
+"within the no-decompression limits (NDL)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3116
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3156
msgid ""
"The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those "
"considered safe for recreational divers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3124
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3164
msgid ""
"The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within "
"no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth "
@@ -6365,7 +6430,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3128
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3168
msgid ""
"Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 "
"metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the "
@@ -6375,26 +6440,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3129
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3169
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/rec_diveplan.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3131
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3171
#, no-wrap
msgid "Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3135
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3175
msgid ""
"Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or "
"using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3146
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*a) Nitrogen management*: This is performed by specifying the rates for "
@@ -6419,7 +6484,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3151
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3191
msgid ""
"If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified "
"on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model "
@@ -6431,26 +6496,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3153
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3193
msgid "For more information external to this manual see:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3155
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3195
msgid ""
"link:http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding "
"M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3156
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3196
msgid ""
"link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient "
"factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3158
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3198
msgid ""
"link:http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers[_Deco "
"for Divers_, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress] Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: "
@@ -6459,7 +6524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3166
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3206
msgid ""
"The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive "
"and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) "
@@ -6473,7 +6538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3175
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*b) Oxygen management*: In the *Gas Options* part of the dive specification, "
@@ -6493,7 +6558,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3189
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3229
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*c) Gas management*: With open-circuit dives this is a primary "
@@ -6524,7 +6589,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3201
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3241
msgid ""
"Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the "
"dive. _Subsurface_ offers a unique graphical interface for performing this "
@@ -6543,7 +6608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3213
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3253
msgid ""
"Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a _Dive Planner Point_ in the "
"table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the _Used Gas_ "
@@ -6561,7 +6626,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3221
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3261
msgid ""
"Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as "
"explained in the section <<S_CreateProfile,hand-creating a dive "
@@ -6574,7 +6639,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3230
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3270
msgid ""
"A non-zero value in the \"CC set point\" column of the table of dive planner "
"points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the "
@@ -6587,20 +6652,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3233
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3273
msgid ""
"Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent "
"using EAN50 and using the settings as described above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3234
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3274
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3239
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3279
msgid ""
"Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the _Save_ "
"button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will "
@@ -6608,26 +6673,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3241
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3281
#, no-wrap
msgid "*The dive plan details*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3249
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3289
msgid ""
"On the bottom right of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_, the "
"exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified "
"by checking any of the options under the _Notes_ section of the dive "
"planner, immediately to the left of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim "
-"diveplan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive "
+"dive plan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive "
"plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded "
"during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan "
"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3254
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3294
msgid ""
"If the option _Display segment duration_ is checked, then the duration of "
"each depth level is indicated in the _Dive Plan Details_. This duration "
@@ -6637,13 +6702,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3255
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3295
#, no-wrap
msgid "Planning pSCR dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3270
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3310
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select _pSCR_ "
@@ -6662,37 +6727,37 @@ msgid ""
"more bail-out\n"
"cylinders. Therefore the setup of the _Available gases_ and the _Dive "
"planner points_ tables\n"
-"are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no "
+"are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no "
"oxygen setpoints\n"
"are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive "
"is comparable\n"
-"to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to "
+"to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to "
"the lower oxygen\n"
"in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR "
"equipment.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3271
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3311
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3274
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3314
#, no-wrap
msgid "Planning CCR dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3278
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3318
msgid ""
"To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the _CCR_ option in "
"the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3282
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Available gases*: In the _Available gases_ table, enter the cylinder "
@@ -6703,12 +6768,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3290
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by "
-"selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from the main menu. All "
-"user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table\n"
+"selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from\n"
+"the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ "
+"table\n"
"use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified "
"for dive segments\n"
"in the _Dive planner points_ table. A zero setpoint\n"
@@ -6719,36 +6785,36 @@ msgid ""
"CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of "
"0. The decompression\n"
"algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode "
-"(i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is "
-"calculated for bail out ascents.\n"
+"(i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,\n"
+"of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3292
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3334
msgid "The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3293
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3335
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3297
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3339
msgid ""
"Note that, in the _Dive plan details_, the gas consumption for a CCR segment "
"is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3299
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3341
#, no-wrap
msgid "Modifying an existing dive plan"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3306
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3348
msgid ""
"Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the *Dive "
"List*, like any other dive log. Within the *Dive List* there is not a way to "
@@ -6759,7 +6825,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3312
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3354
msgid ""
"In addition there is the option \"Save new\". This keeps the original "
"planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that "
@@ -6769,13 +6835,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3313
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3355
#, no-wrap
msgid "Planning for repetitive dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3320
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3362
msgid ""
"Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the "
"repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand _Start "
@@ -6784,7 +6850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3326
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3368
msgid ""
"If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, "
"then highlight, in the *Dive List*, the dive that has just been completed "
@@ -6794,7 +6860,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3331
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3373
msgid ""
"If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a "
"template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one "
@@ -6804,13 +6870,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3332
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3374
#, no-wrap
msgid "Printing the dive plan"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3337
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3379
msgid ""
"Selecting the _Print_ button in the planner allows printing of the _Dive "
"Plan Details_ for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the _Dive "
@@ -6818,7 +6884,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3347
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3389
msgid ""
"Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, "
"dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and "
@@ -6834,13 +6900,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3348
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3390
#, no-wrap
msgid "Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3353
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3395
msgid ""
"This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main "
"Menu of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this "
@@ -6848,302 +6914,302 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3354
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3396
#, no-wrap
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3357
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3399
msgid ""
"<<S_NewLogbook,_New Logbook_>> - Close the currently open dive logbook and "
"clear all dive information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3359
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3401
msgid ""
"_Open logbook_ - This opens the file manager in order to select a dive "
"logbook to open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3360
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3402
msgid ""
"_Open cloud storage_ - Open the dive log previously saved in "
"<<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3361
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3403
msgid "_Save_ - Save the dive logbook that is currently open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3362
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3404
msgid ""
"_Save to cloud storage_ - Save the current dive log to "
"<<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3363
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3405
msgid "_Save as_ - Save the current logbook under a different file name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3364
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3406
msgid "_Close_ - Close the dive logbook that is currently open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3366
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3408
msgid ""
"<<S_ExportLog,_Export_>> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or the "
"selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3367
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3409
msgid "<<S_PrintDivelog,_Print_>> - Print the currently open logbook."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3368
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3410
msgid "<<S_Preferences,_Preferences_>> - Set the _Subsurface_ preferences."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3369
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3411
msgid ""
"<<S_FindMovedImages, _Find moved images_>> - If photos taken during dives "
"have been moved to"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3370
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3412
msgid ""
"a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate "
"dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3371
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3413
msgid ""
"<<S_Configure,_Configure dive computer_>> - Edit the configuration of a dive "
"computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3372
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3414
msgid "_Quit_ - Quit _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3373
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3415
#, no-wrap
msgid "Import"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3376
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3418
msgid ""
"<<S_ImportDiveComputer,_Import from dive computer_>> - Import dive "
"information from a dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3378
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3420
msgid ""
"<<Unified_import,_Import Log Files_>> - Import dive information from a file "
"in in a _Subsurface_-compatible format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3380
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3422
msgid ""
"<<S_Companion,_Import GPS data from Subsurface web service_>> - Load GPS "
"coordinates from the _Subsurface_ mobile phone app."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3382
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3424
msgid ""
"<<S_ImportingDivelogsDe,_Import from Divelogs.de_>> - Import dive "
"information from _www.Divelogs.de_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3383
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3425
#, no-wrap
msgid "Log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3385
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3427
msgid ""
"<<S_EnterData,_Add Dive_>> - Manually add a new dive to the *Dive List* "
"panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3386
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3428
msgid ""
"_Edit dive_ - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not "
"from a dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3387
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3429
msgid "<<S_DivePlanner,_Plan Dive_>> - This feature allows the planning of dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3388
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3430
msgid ""
"<<S_Replan,_Edit dive in planner_>> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved "
"into the *Dive List*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3390
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3432
msgid ""
"<<S_CopyComponents,_Copy dive components_>> - By selecting this option, one "
"can copy information from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3392
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3434
msgid ""
"_Paste dive components_ - Paste, into the selected dives in the *Dive List*, "
"the information copied using the _Copy dive components_ option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3394
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3436
msgid ""
"<<S_Renumber,_Renumber_>> - Renumber the dives listed in the *Dive List* "
"panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3396
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3438
msgid ""
"<<S_Group,_Auto Group_>> - Group the dives in the *Dive List* panel into "
"dive trips."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3397
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3439
msgid ""
"<<S_DeviceNames,_Edit Device Names_>> - Edit the names of dive computers to "
"facilitate your logs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3398
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3440
msgid ""
"<<S_Filter,_Filter divelist_>> - Select only some dives, based on specific "
"tags or dive criteria."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3399
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3441
#, no-wrap
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3402
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3444
msgid ""
"<<S_ViewPanels,_All_>> - View the four main _Subsurface_ panels "
"simmultaneously."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3403
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3445
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Dive List_>> - View only the *Dive List* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3404
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3446
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Profile_>> - View only the *Dive Profile* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3405
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3447
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - View only the *Notes* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3406
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3448
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - View only the *World Map* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3408
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3450
msgid ""
"_Yearly Statistics_ - Display summary statistics about dives during this and "
"past years."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3409
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3451
msgid ""
"_Prev DC_ - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer, "
"switch to data from"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3410
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3452
msgid "previous dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3411
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3453
msgid "_Next DC_ - Switch to next dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3412
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3454
msgid "_Full Screen_ - Toggles Full Screen mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3413
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3455
#, no-wrap
msgid "Share on"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3415
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3457
msgid ""
"<<S_Facebook,_Facebook_>> - Share the currently selected dive on your "
"Facebook timeline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3417
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3459
#, no-wrap
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3420
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3462
msgid ""
"_About Subsurface_ - Show a panel with the version number of _Subsurface_ as "
"well as licensing information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3422
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3464
msgid ""
"_Check for updates_ - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is "
"available on the http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3424
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3466
msgid ""
"<<S_UserSurvey,_User survey_>> - Help to make _Subsurface_ even better by "
"taking part in our user survey or by completing another survey if your "
@@ -7151,12 +7217,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3425
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3467
msgid "_User manual_ - Open a window showing this user manual."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3429
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3470
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive "
@@ -7164,19 +7230,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3431
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3472
#, no-wrap
msgid "Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3432
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3473
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/drivers.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3437
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3478
msgid ""
"The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers "
"in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive "
@@ -7184,7 +7250,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3443
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3484
msgid ""
"On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most "
"distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load "
@@ -7193,7 +7259,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3447
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3488
msgid ""
"On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user "
"connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the "
@@ -7201,7 +7267,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3454
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3495
msgid ""
"On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For "
"example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive "
@@ -7212,19 +7278,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3456
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3497
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3457
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3498
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/usb.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3465
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3506
msgid ""
"When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually "
"_Subsurface_ will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct "
@@ -7235,61 +7301,61 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3470
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3511
msgid ""
"Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected "
"COM devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3471 ./user-manual.txt:3565
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3512 ./user-manual.txt:3606
#, no-wrap
msgid "On MacOS:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3474
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3515
msgid "The drop down box should find all connected dive computers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3475
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3516
#, no-wrap
msgid "On Linux:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3478
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3519
msgid "There is a definitive way to find the port:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3480
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3521
msgid "Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3481
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3522
msgid "Open a terminal"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3482 ./user-manual.txt:3484
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3523 ./user-manual.txt:3525
msgid "Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3483
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3524
msgid "Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3486
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3527
msgid "A message similar to this one should appear:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3502
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tusb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd\n"
@@ -7310,7 +7376,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3507
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3548
msgid ""
"The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is detected "
"and connected to +ttyUSB3+. This information can now be used in the import "
@@ -7318,12 +7384,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3509
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3550
msgid "Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3515
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3556
msgid ""
"On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users "
"who are members of the +dialout+ group. If one is not root, one may not be a "
@@ -7332,14 +7398,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3519
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3560
msgid ""
"As root, type: +usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (Ubuntu users: +sudo usermod -a "
"-G dialout johnB+) This makes johnB a member of the +dialout+ group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3524
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3565
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Type: +id johnB+ This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and\n"
@@ -7351,7 +7417,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3526
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) "
@@ -7360,7 +7426,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3531
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3572
msgid ""
"With the appropriate device name (e.g. +dev/ttyUSB3+) and with write "
"permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one "
@@ -7368,13 +7434,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3534
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3575
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3541
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3582
msgid ""
"For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs "
"Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different "
@@ -7383,7 +7449,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3543
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3584
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload "
@@ -7391,7 +7457,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3547
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3588
msgid ""
"For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer's user "
"guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select _Dive Log -> Upload "
@@ -7399,13 +7465,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3549
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3590
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Pair the _Subsurface_ computer with the dive computer.*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3558
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3599
msgid ""
"Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer "
"choose _Control Panel -> Bluetooth Devices -> Add Wireless Device_. This "
@@ -7417,21 +7483,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3561
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3602
msgid ""
"For downloading to _Subsurface_, the _Subsurface_ drop-down list should "
"contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3564
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3605
msgid ""
"Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer "
"using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3571
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3612
msgid ""
"Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select _Set up Bluetooth "
"Device..._. The dive computer should then show up in the list of "
@@ -7440,20 +7506,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3574
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3615
msgid ""
"Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the 'Device or "
"Mount Point' drop-down in the _Subsurface_ *Import* dialog."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3575
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3616
#, no-wrap
msgid "On Linux"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3583
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3624
msgid ""
"Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the _Subsurface_ computer. On most common "
"distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be "
@@ -7466,7 +7532,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3587
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3628
msgid ""
"Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled "
"device, such as the _Shearwater Petrel_, is not yet an automated process and "
@@ -7475,23 +7541,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3589
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3630
msgid "Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3590
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3631
msgid "Establish an RFCOMM connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3591 ./user-manual.txt:3730
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3632 ./user-manual.txt:3771
#, no-wrap
msgid "Download the dives with Subsurface"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3597
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3638
msgid ""
"Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the _Shearwater Petrel_ and "
"_Petrel 2_, cycle through the menu, select 'Dive Log', then 'Upload Log'. "
@@ -7502,7 +7568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3602
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3643
msgid ""
"To establish the connection, establish root access through +sudo+ or +su+. "
"The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On "
@@ -7512,23 +7578,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3604
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3645
msgid "+sudo usermod -a -G dialout username+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3606
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3647
msgid "Then log out and log in for the change to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3607
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3648
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3613
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3654
msgid ""
"Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using "
"the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive "
@@ -7539,7 +7605,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3616
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3657
msgid ""
"If the graphical method didn't work, pair the device from the command "
"line. Open a terminal and use +hciconfig+ to check the Bluetooth controller "
@@ -7547,7 +7613,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3623
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3664
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t$ hciconfig\n"
@@ -7559,7 +7625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3628
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3669
msgid ""
"This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, "
"connected as hci0. Its status is 'DOWN', i.e. not powered. Additional "
@@ -7569,7 +7635,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3636
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3677
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)\n"
@@ -7582,25 +7648,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3638
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3679
msgid "Check that the status now includes +'UP', 'RUNNING' AND 'AUTH'+."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3640
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3681
msgid ""
"If there are multiple controllers running, it's easiest to off the unused "
"controller(s). For example, for +hci1+:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3642
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3683
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tsudo hciconfig hci1 down\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3645
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3686
msgid ""
"Next step is to 'trust' and 'pair' the dive computer. On distros with Bluez "
"5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called +blutootctl+, which will "
@@ -7608,7 +7674,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3666
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3707
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tbluetoothctl\n"
@@ -7637,14 +7703,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3669
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3710
msgid ""
"If asked for a password, enter 0000. It's ok if the last line says "
"'Connected: no'. The important part is the line above, +Pairing successful+."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3672
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3713
msgid ""
"If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), "
"there is probably not a +bluetoothctl+, but a script called "
@@ -7652,7 +7718,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3677
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\thcitool -i hci0 scanning\n"
@@ -7662,77 +7728,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3679
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3720
msgid "Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3680
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3721
#, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the RFCOMM connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3683
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3724
msgid "The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3685
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3726
msgid "+sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3687
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3728
msgid "+<controller>+ is the Bluetooth controller, +hci0+."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3688
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3729
msgid "+<dev>+ is the RFCOMM device file, +rfcomm0+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3689
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3730
msgid "+<bdaddr>+ is the dive computer's MAC address, +00:11:22:33:44:55+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3690
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3731
msgid "+[channel]+ is the dive computer's Bluetooth channel we need to connect to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3693
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3734
msgid ""
"If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user "
"reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3695
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3736
msgid "_Shearwater Petrel 2_: channel 5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3696
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3737
msgid "_Shearwater Petrel 1_: channel 1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3697
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3738
msgid "_Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport_: channel 1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3699
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3740
msgid ""
"E.g. to connect a _Shearwater Petrel 2_, set the dive computer to upload "
"mode and enter:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3701
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3742
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, "
@@ -7740,12 +7806,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3703
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3744
msgid "This gives the response:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3706
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tConnected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5\n"
@@ -7753,14 +7819,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3708
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3749
msgid ""
"To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive "
"computer to upload mode and enter:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3712
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, "
@@ -7770,7 +7836,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3716
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3757
msgid ""
"If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel "
"in the list above doesn't work, the command +sdptool records+ should help "
@@ -7779,7 +7845,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3726
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55\n"
@@ -7794,7 +7860,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3729
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3770
msgid ""
"For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel "
"listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user "
@@ -7802,7 +7868,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3732
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3773
msgid ""
"After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer's "
"upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select "
@@ -7812,25 +7878,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3738
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3779
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3741
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3782
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Uemis Zurich"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3743
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3784
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/iumis.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3759
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3800
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file "
"system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and "
@@ -7847,7 +7913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3774
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3815
msgid ""
"After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis "
"Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation "
@@ -7864,19 +7930,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3776
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3817
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Uwatec Galileo"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3778
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3819
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/Galileo.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3793
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3834
msgid ""
"The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between "
"the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle "
@@ -7892,14 +7958,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3796
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3837
msgid ""
"After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive "
"computer and download dive information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3802
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3843
msgid ""
"Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are "
"available from some Internet web sites e.g. "
@@ -7910,26 +7976,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3805
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3846
msgid ""
"For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available "
"for OSX 10.6 or higher."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3807
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3848
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3809
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3850
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3819
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3860
msgid ""
"When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF "
"file for every dive. Mark all the dives you'd like to import or open. "
@@ -7942,19 +8008,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3822
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3863
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from xDEEP BLACK"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3824
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3865
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3833
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3874
msgid ""
"Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using \"Export UDDF\" "
"option in BLACK's logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are "
@@ -7968,19 +8034,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3835
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3876
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel using Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3837
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3878
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/predator.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3840
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3881
msgid ""
"Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the "
"section above, <<S_Bluetooth,_Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled "
@@ -7988,19 +8054,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3842
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3883
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3844
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3885
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/MkVI.jpeg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3852
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3893
msgid ""
"Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom "
"communications adapter and the _Poseidon PC Configuration Software_, "
@@ -8012,45 +8078,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3855
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3896
msgid ""
"Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt "
"extension)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3856
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3897
msgid "Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3858
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3899
msgid ""
"Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed "
"version of the dive log using a proprietary format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3860
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3901
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log "
"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3862
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3903
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3864
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3905
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/APDComputer.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3872
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3913
msgid ""
"The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are "
"downloaded using a communications adapter and _AP Communicator_, obtained "
@@ -8062,55 +8128,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3874
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3915
msgid "Download the dive using _AP Communicator_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3875
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3916
msgid "Open a dive within the _AP Log Viewer_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3876
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3917
msgid "Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled \"_Data_\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3877
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3918
msgid ""
"With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on \"_Copy to "
"Clipboard_\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3878
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3919
msgid "Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3880
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3921
msgid ""
"Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text "
"file with a filename extension of _.apd_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3881
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3922
msgid ""
"Within _Subsurface_, select _Import -> Import log files_ to open the "
"xref:Unified_import[universal import dialogue]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3882
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3923
msgid ""
"In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled "
"'Filter:'), select \"APD log viewer\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3885
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3926
msgid ""
"On the list of file names select the _.apd_ file that has been created "
"above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data "
@@ -8119,13 +8185,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3886
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3927
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3894
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3935
msgid ""
"The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the "
"APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default "
@@ -8137,12 +8203,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3895
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3936
msgid "Click the _Ok_ button at the bottom of the import panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3900
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3941
msgid ""
"The APD dive log will appear within _Subsurface_. The dive "
"computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by "
@@ -8152,13 +8218,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3901
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3942
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3910
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3951
msgid ""
"The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly "
"performed using the dialogue found by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, "
@@ -8168,22 +8234,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3912
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3953
msgid "Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3913
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3954
msgid "_Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3914
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3955
msgid "Import the accessible dive log data into _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3918
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3959
msgid ""
"This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log "
"data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to "
@@ -8191,19 +8257,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3920
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3961
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from *Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3921
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3962
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/suuntologo.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3928
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3969
msgid ""
"DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. "
"Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent "
@@ -8213,64 +8279,64 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3930
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3971
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Divemanager 3 (DM3):*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3932
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3973
msgid "Start 'Suunto Divemanager 3' and log in with the name containing the logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3933
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3974
msgid "Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3935
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3976
msgid ""
"In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the "
"appropriate dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3936
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3977
msgid "Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3937
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3978
msgid "To select certain dives: hold 'ctrl' and click the dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3939
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3980
msgid ""
"To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the "
"last dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3940
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3981
msgid "With the dives marked, use the program menu _File -> Export_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3941
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3982
msgid ""
"The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called "
"'Export Path'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3942
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3983
msgid "Click the browse button next to the field Export Path"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3944
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3985
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** A file-manager like window pops up\n"
@@ -8278,13 +8344,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3945
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3986
#, no-wrap
msgid "Divelog.SDE file\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3947
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3988
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Optionally change the name of the file for saving\n"
@@ -8292,25 +8358,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3948
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3989
#, no-wrap
msgid "Back in the Export pop-up, press the button 'Export'\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3949
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3990
#, no-wrap
msgid "The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3951
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3992
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3956
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3997
msgid ""
"DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a "
"divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the "
@@ -8319,81 +8385,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3958
+#: ./user-manual.txt:3999
msgid "Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3960 ./user-manual.txt:3969
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4001 ./user-manual.txt:4010
msgid "Start Suunto DM4/DM5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3961
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4002
msgid "Select 'Help -> About'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3962
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4003
msgid "Click 'Copy' after text 'Copy log folder path to clipboard'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3963
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4004
msgid "Now open Windows Explorer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3964
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4005
msgid "Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3965
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4006
msgid "The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3967
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4008
msgid "Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3970
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4011
msgid "Select 'File - Create backup'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3972
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4013
msgid ""
"From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we'll use "
"DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3973
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4014
msgid "Click 'Save'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3974
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4015
msgid "The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3976
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4017
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from Atomic Logbook"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3979
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4020
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3986
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4027
msgid ""
"Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows "
"downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. "
@@ -8403,19 +8469,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3988
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4029
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3991
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4032
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/mareslogo.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:3999
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4040
msgid ""
"Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a "
"Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a '.sdf' filename extension. The "
@@ -8426,7 +8492,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4004
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4045
msgid ""
"Within Dive Organiser, select _Database -> Backup_ from the main menu and "
"back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file "
@@ -8434,36 +8500,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4007
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4048
msgid ""
"Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a "
"file _DiveOrganiser.sdf_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4008
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4049
msgid "Extract the _.sdf_ file from the zipped folder to your Desktop."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4009
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4050
msgid "The password for accessing the .zip file is _mares_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4011
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4052
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from *DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4013
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4054
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4020
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4061
msgid ""
"The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert "
"the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all "
@@ -8473,37 +8539,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4022
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4063
msgid "To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4024
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4065
msgid "In DivingLog open the 'File -> Export -> SQLite' menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4025
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4066
msgid "Select 'Settings' button"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4026
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4067
msgid "Set the 'RTF2Plaintext' to 'true'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4027
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4068
msgid "Close the Settings dialog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4028
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4069
msgid "Click 'Export' button and select the filename"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4032
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4073
msgid ""
"Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the "
"dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save "
@@ -8511,13 +8577,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4033
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4074
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4043
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4084
msgid ""
"Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a "
"spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily "
@@ -8530,7 +8596,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4049
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4090
msgid ""
"The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that "
"the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the "
@@ -8541,40 +8607,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4051
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4092
msgid "Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4052
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4093
msgid "Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4053
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4094
msgid ""
"Unit system: only one unit system should be used (i.e., no mixture between "
"imperial and metric units)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4054
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4095
msgid "Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4055
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4096
msgid "GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4056
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4097
#, no-wrap
msgid "_LibreOffice Calc_ and _OpenOffice Calc_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4060
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4101
msgid ""
"These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open "
"source office suite applications. The user interaction with _LibreOffice_ "
@@ -8585,13 +8651,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4061
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4102
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4064
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4105
msgid ""
"To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click _File -> "
"Save As_. On the dialogue that comes up, select the _Text CSV (.csv)_ as the "
@@ -8599,13 +8665,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4065
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4106
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4068
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4109
msgid ""
"After selecting _Save_, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose _Tab_ "
"to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), "
@@ -8613,13 +8679,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4069
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4110
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LOffice_field_options.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4072
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4113
msgid ""
"One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and "
"then import the dive data as explained on the section "
@@ -8627,13 +8693,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4073
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4114
#, no-wrap
msgid "Microsoft _Excel_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4079
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4120
msgid ""
"The field delimiter (called \"_list separator_\" in Microsoft manuals) is "
"not accessible from within _Excel_ and needs to be set through the "
@@ -8644,19 +8710,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4081
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4122
msgid ""
"In Microsoft Windows, click the *Start* button, and then select _Control "
"Panel_ from the list on the right-hand side."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4082
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4123
msgid "Open the _Regional and Language Options_ dialog box."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4085
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4126
msgid ""
"Do one of the following: ** In Windows 7, click the _Formats_ tab, and then "
"click _Customize this format_. ** In Windows XP, click the _Regional "
@@ -8664,48 +8730,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4086
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4127
msgid ""
"Type a new separator in the _List separator_ box. To use a TAB-delimited "
"file, type the word TAB in the box."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4087
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4128
msgid "Click _OK_ twice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4089
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4130
msgid "Below is an image of the _Control Panel_:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4090
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4131
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4093
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4134
msgid "To export the dive log in CSV format:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4095
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4136
msgid ""
"With the dive log opened in _Excel_, select the round Windows button at the "
"top left, then _Save As_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4096
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4137
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4099
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4140
msgid ""
"Click on the left-hand part of the _Save as_ option, NOT on the arrow on the "
"right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an "
@@ -8715,13 +8781,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4100
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4141
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4103
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4144
msgid ""
"Select the _Save_ button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder "
"that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a "
@@ -8730,13 +8796,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4105
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4146
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4110
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4151
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing "
"dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates, "
@@ -8745,34 +8811,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4112
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4153
msgid "Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image *B* below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4120
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4161
msgid ""
"The buttons under the _Template_ dropdown box allows one to _Edit_, "
"_Delete_, _Import_ and to _Export_ templates (see image *A* above). New or "
"modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the "
"dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select "
-"the _Custom_ template from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue "
-"(see image *B* above), then select _Edit_."
+"one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue "
+"(see image *B* above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final "
+"desired printout. Then select _Edit_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4122
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4163
msgid "The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4123
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4164
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Template1_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4127
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4168
msgid ""
"The _Style_ tab (image *A* above) controls the font, line spacing and colour "
"template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are "
@@ -8780,7 +8847,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4131
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4172
msgid ""
"The _Colors_ tab (image *B* above) allows editing the colours used for "
"printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the _Edit_ "
@@ -8789,7 +8856,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4140
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4181
msgid ""
"The _Template_ tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a "
"template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming "
@@ -8805,47 +8872,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4141
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4182
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Template2_f22.jpg"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4144
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4186
msgid ""
"One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log "
"directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be "
-"modified in this way."
+"modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the _Export_ button in "
+"the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4146
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4188
msgid ""
"To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the "
"template will be correctly handled and rendered."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4147
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4189
#, no-wrap
msgid "Main dive loop"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4149
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4191
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ exports a dive list called (*dives*) to the _Grantlee_ "
"backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4150 ./user-manual.txt:4204 ./user-manual.txt:4221
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4192 ./user-manual.txt:4246 ./user-manual.txt:4263
#, no-wrap
msgid "template.html"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4155
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t{% for dive in dives %}\n"
@@ -8854,13 +8922,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4157 ./user-manual.txt:4209 ./user-manual.txt:4228
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4199 ./user-manual.txt:4251 ./user-manual.txt:4270
#, no-wrap
msgid "output.html"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4162
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t<h1> 1 </h1>\n"
@@ -8869,25 +8937,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4165
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4207
msgid ""
"Additional information about _Grantlee_ can be found "
"http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html[here]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4166
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4208
#, no-wrap
msgid "Grantlee exported variables"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4168
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4210
msgid "Only a subset of the dive data is exported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4186
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Name*|*Description*\n"
@@ -8910,7 +8978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4190
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4232
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ also exports *template_options* data. This data must be used as "
"_CSS_ values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data "
@@ -8918,7 +8986,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4202
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Name*|*Description*\n"
@@ -8937,26 +9005,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4207
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4249
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tborder-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4212
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4254
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tborder-width: 3px;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4215
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4257
msgid ""
"Another variable that _Subsurface_ exports is *print_options*. This variable "
"contains a single member:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4218
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Name*|*Description*\n"
@@ -8965,7 +9033,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4226
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4268
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tbody {\n"
@@ -8974,7 +9042,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4233
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4275
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tbody {\n"
@@ -8983,13 +9051,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4235
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4277
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defined CSS selectors"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4239
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4281
msgid ""
"As the dive profile is placed after rendering, _Subsurface_ uses a special "
"_CSS_ selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The _CSS_ selectors "
@@ -8997,7 +9065,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4246
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Selector*|*Type*|*Description*\n"
@@ -9010,20 +9078,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4249
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4291
msgid ""
"Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when "
"data-numberofdives = 0)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4250
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4292
#, no-wrap
msgid "Special attributes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4254
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4296
msgid ""
"There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives "
"in each page or make _Subsurface_ try to fit as much dives as possible into "
@@ -9031,55 +9099,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4256
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4298
msgid ""
"The *data-numberofdives* data attribute is added to the body tag to set the "
"rendering mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4258
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4300
msgid "render 6 dives per page:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4261
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4303
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t<body data-numberofdives = 6>\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4264
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4306
msgid "render as much dives as possible:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4267
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4309
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t<body data-numberofdives = 0>\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4270
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4312
msgid ""
"All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any "
"page size."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4271
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4313
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX F: FAQs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4273
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4315
#, no-wrap
msgid "Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4277
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4319
msgid ""
"'Question': I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending "
"with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what _Subsurface_ "
@@ -9087,7 +9155,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4283
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4325
msgid ""
"'Answer': Not really. What happens is that _Subsurface_ actually calculates "
"gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, "
@@ -9097,7 +9165,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4289
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4331
msgid ""
"and that's true for an ideal gas, and it's what you get taught in dive "
"theory. But an \"ideal gas\" doesn't actually exist, and real gases "
@@ -9107,12 +9175,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4291
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4333
msgid "+consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4297
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4339
msgid ""
"where the amount of air is *not* just \"tank size times pressure in bar\". "
"It's a combination of: \"take compressibility into account\" (which is a "
@@ -9123,12 +9191,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4299
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4341
msgid "+12.2*((220-100)/1.013)+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4304
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4346
msgid ""
"which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple "
"calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The "
@@ -9138,7 +9206,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4310
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4352
msgid ""
"So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or "
"be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as "
@@ -9149,7 +9217,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4311
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4353
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my "
@@ -9157,7 +9225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4315
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4357
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, "
"divetime, SAC, etc). 'Question': Why do dive durations in my dive computer "
@@ -9165,7 +9233,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4323
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4365
msgid ""
"'Answer': For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to "
"trigger the \"dive started\") but then come back up and wait five minutes "
@@ -9179,13 +9247,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4324
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4366
#, no-wrap
msgid "Some dive profiles are missing from the download"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4330
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4372
msgid ""
"'Question': I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even "
"though my dive computer's manual states that it records history of e.g. 999 "
@@ -9193,7 +9261,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4339
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4381
msgid ""
"'Answer': Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The "
"history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of "
@@ -9206,7 +9274,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ./user-manual.txt:4343
+#: ./user-manual.txt:4385
msgid ""
"If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before "
"they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import "
diff --git a/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po b/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po
index 36b9768..314b83b 100644
--- a/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po
+++ b/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-12 11:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-12 11:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-13 20:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 20:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet at opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr at opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: user-manual.txt:188
msgid ""
-"The divecomputer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive "
+"The dive computer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive "
"information from a Dive Computer] or"
msgstr ""
"L'ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importer "
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:218 user-manual.txt:754
+#: user-manual.txt:218 user-manual.txt:780
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg"
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:290 user-manual.txt:2997
+#: user-manual.txt:290 user-manual.txt:649 user-manual.txt:3031
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/warning2.png"
msgstr "images/icons/warning2.png"
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "images/DC_import_f20.jpg"
msgid ""
"Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even "
"though these dives have already been imported to _Subsurface_. For that "
-"reason, if the divecomputer allows this, _Subsurface_ only imports dives "
+"reason, if the dive computer allows this, _Subsurface_ only imports dives "
"that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster "
"on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at "
"least for those not charging while connected via USB)."
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ msgid ""
"could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there "
"is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue "
"*B* in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they "
-"appear in a tabular format on the righthand side of the dialogue (see image "
+"appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image "
"*B*, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration "
"and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that "
"need to be transferred to the *Dive List*. In the case of the image above, "
@@ -917,9 +917,9 @@ msgid "*PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:414 user-manual.txt:520 user-manual.txt:558
-#: user-manual.txt:571 user-manual.txt:1123 user-manual.txt:1189
-#: user-manual.txt:1242 user-manual.txt:1318 user-manual.txt:1632
+#: user-manual.txt:414 user-manual.txt:520 user-manual.txt:559
+#: user-manual.txt:572 user-manual.txt:1149 user-manual.txt:1215
+#: user-manual.txt:1268 user-manual.txt:1344 user-manual.txt:1658
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/important.png"
msgstr "images/icons/important.png"
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ msgid "Connecting _Subsurface_ to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:470 user-manual.txt:3535
+#: user-manual.txt:470 user-manual.txt:3576
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg"
#: user-manual.txt:497
msgid ""
"On the _Linux_ or _MacOS_ platforms the name of the _Subsurface_ computer "
-"and its Bluetooth address are shown on the righthand side, On the lefthand "
+"and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand "
"side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices "
"the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to "
"_Subsurface_. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown "
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:545 user-manual.txt:3466 user-manual.txt:3550
+#: user-manual.txt:545 user-manual.txt:3507 user-manual.txt:3591
#, no-wrap
msgid "On Windows:"
msgstr "Sur Windows :"
@@ -1188,28 +1188,28 @@ msgid "images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png"
msgstr "images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:550
+#: user-manual.txt:551
msgid ""
"On _Windows_ platforms the _Local Bluetooth device details section_ on the "
-"left is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the "
+"right is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the "
"_Scan_ button) check that the Bluetooth device on the _Subsurface_ computer "
"is turned on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:557
+#: user-manual.txt:558
msgid ""
"The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download "
"process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your "
"permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: _Add a "
-"device, Tap to setup your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a "
+"device, Tap to set up your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a "
"discovered item is selected, select the _Save_ button. Finally select the "
"_Download_ button on the _Download_ dialogue and wait for the process to "
"complete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:564
+#: user-manual.txt:565
msgid ""
"Be aware that currently _Subsurface_ works only with local Bluetooth "
"adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses "
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:570
+#: user-manual.txt:571
msgid ""
"A log messageOn the bottom left of the _Remote Bluetooth device selection_ "
"shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select "
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:580
+#: user-manual.txt:581
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*IN CASE OF PROBLEMS*: If the Bluetooth adapter from the _Subsurface_ computer\n"
@@ -1240,13 +1240,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:583
+#: user-manual.txt:584
#, no-wrap
msgid "Changing the name of a dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:599
+#: user-manual.txt:600
msgid ""
"It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to "
"upload dive logs to _Subsurface_. For instance if one's partner's dive "
@@ -1266,13 +1266,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:601
+#: user-manual.txt:602
#, no-wrap
msgid "Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:608
+#: user-manual.txt:609
msgid ""
"With the uploaded dives in the *Dive List*, the information from the dive "
"computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a "
@@ -1281,13 +1281,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:610
+#: user-manual.txt:611
#, no-wrap
msgid "Notes"
msgstr "Notes"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:615
+#: user-manual.txt:616
msgid ""
"To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional "
"information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for hand-"
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:625
+#: user-manual.txt:626
msgid ""
"In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when "
"entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date "
@@ -1308,24 +1308,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:626
+#: user-manual.txt:627
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/AddDive3_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/AddDive3_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:635
+#: user-manual.txt:636
msgid ""
"The right hand image, above, shows a *Notes tab* filled with dive "
"information. The *Time* field reflects the date and time of the dive. By "
"clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the "
"correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and "
"minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text "
-"box and by overtyping the information displayed."
+"box and by over-typing the information displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:646
+#: user-manual.txt:647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Air/water temperatures*: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown\n"
@@ -1341,57 +1341,71 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:659
+#: user-manual.txt:649
#, no-wrap
+msgid "*Location*:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: user-manual.txt:657
msgid ""
-"*Location*: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. \"Tihany, Lake\n"
-"Balaton, Hungary\". Dive locations are managed as a separate part of the dive log.\n"
-"After entering the information for a particular dive site, and several dives are\n"
-"performed at the same location, the information is re-used without requiring\n"
-"full dive site information again. Existing dive location information\n"
-"can be edited at any time by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive performed at that site\n"
-"and by opening the location information by clicking the globe button on the\n"
-"right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of\n"
-"dive site names makes it easy to select a dive site that already exists in the dive log\n"
-"(i.e. when typing the name of a dive site,\n"
-"a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names). If the dive\n"
-"site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.\n"
+"Dive locations are managed as a *separate* part of the dive log. The dive "
+"information in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs can therefore not be edited "
+"at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive "
+"information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) "
+"by selecting _Apply changes_ on the *Notes* tab before editing the dive site "
+"information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled "
+"_Location_ on the *Notes* tab."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:662
+#: user-manual.txt:675
msgid ""
-"If the present dive site has not been used before, a message appears as "
-"follows (image *A* below):"
+"Type the name of the dive site, e.g. \"Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary\". If "
+"several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information "
+"for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be "
+"edited at any time by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive performed "
+"at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe "
+"button on the right of the location name (see image on the right, above). "
+"When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names makes "
+"it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the name of a "
+"dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names). If "
+"the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing name. The "
+"dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol "
+"(indicating existing dive sites in the _Subsurface_ database) or a *+* "
+"symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the current "
+"dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site database). "
+"Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a message "
+"appears as follows (image *A* below):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:663
+#: user-manual.txt:676
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Locations1_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Locations1_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:668
+#: user-manual.txt:681
msgid ""
-"Click the + icon on the right hand side. A panel appears to enter the "
+"Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the "
"coordinates and other important information about the site (image *B*, "
"above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are "
"three ways of specifying the coordinates:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:675
+#: user-manual.txt:688
msgid ""
"One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part "
-"of the Subsurface window. The map displays an orange bar indicating \"No "
+"of the _Subsurface_ window. The map displays an orange bar indicating \"No "
"location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location\". "
-"Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the orange bar disappears and "
+"Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar disappears and "
"the coordinates are stored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:680
+#: user-manual.txt:693
msgid ""
"The coordinates can be obtained from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if the "
"user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the "
@@ -1400,14 +1414,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:683
+#: user-manual.txt:696
msgid ""
"The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four "
"formats with latitude followed by longitude:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:688
+#: user-manual.txt:701
msgid ""
"ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9\"N 30°49'1.5\"E Degrees and decimal "
"minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. "
@@ -1415,28 +1429,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:693
+#: user-manual.txt:709
msgid ""
"Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a "
"negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with "
"a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards "
"don't have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a *d* like this: N30d "
-"W20d."
+"W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the "
+"dive site information by selecting the button _Apply changes_ at the top of "
+"the panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:699
+#: user-manual.txt:715
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Important*: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location\n"
-"name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location description\n"
-"will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these\n"
+"name - so *saving* a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name\n"
+"causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these\n"
"dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the\n"
"same).\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:704
+#: user-manual.txt:725
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"*Dive site name lookup:* If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate\n"
+"text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.\n"
+"This is achieved when _Subsurface_ uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site\n"
+"based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is\n"
+"automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box\n"
+"(Titled _Dive sites on same coordinates_\") at the bottom\n"
+"of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the\n"
+"current location. For instance if the dive site is \"Blue Hole\" and there are several\n"
+"dive sites named \"Blue Hole\", all these sites are listed in this list box.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: user-manual.txt:730
msgid ""
"Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and "
"Notes), then select _Apply Changes_ to save the geolocation for this dive "
@@ -1445,7 +1476,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:709
+#: user-manual.txt:735
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Dive mode*: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive\n"
@@ -1455,7 +1486,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:714
+#: user-manual.txt:740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Divemaster*: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be\n"
@@ -1465,7 +1496,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:719
+#: user-manual.txt:745
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Buddy*: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies\n"
@@ -1475,7 +1506,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:724
+#: user-manual.txt:750
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Suit*: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.\n"
@@ -1485,7 +1516,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:727
+#: user-manual.txt:753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Rating*: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a\n"
@@ -1493,7 +1524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:731
+#: user-manual.txt:757
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Visibility*: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the\n"
@@ -1502,7 +1533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:740
+#: user-manual.txt:766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered\n"
@@ -1516,13 +1547,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:742
+#: user-manual.txt:768
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Notes*: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:747
+#: user-manual.txt:773
msgid ""
"The _Apply changes_ and _Discard changes_ buttons are used to save all the "
"information for tabs in the *Info* panel and in the *Dive Profile* panel, so "
@@ -1532,13 +1563,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:748
+#: user-manual.txt:774
#, no-wrap
msgid "Equipment"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:753
+#: user-manual.txt:779
msgid ""
"The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder "
"and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue "
@@ -1546,7 +1577,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:760
+#: user-manual.txt:786
msgid ""
"indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part "
"of _Subsurface_ and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) "
@@ -1554,7 +1585,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:764
+#: user-manual.txt:790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Cylinders*: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks\n"
@@ -1562,13 +1593,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:765
+#: user-manual.txt:791
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:774
+#: user-manual.txt:800
msgid ""
"For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive "
"computers, _Subsurface_ often obtains the gas used from the dive computer "
@@ -1581,7 +1612,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:779
+#: user-manual.txt:805
msgid ""
"The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of "
"the table. To select a cylinder, the _Type_ box should be clicked. This "
@@ -1590,13 +1621,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:780
+#: user-manual.txt:806
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:787
+#: user-manual.txt:813
msgid ""
"The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was "
"used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the "
@@ -1606,7 +1637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:791
+#: user-manual.txt:817
msgid ""
"Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the "
"specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) "
@@ -1614,7 +1645,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:802
+#: user-manual.txt:828
msgid ""
"Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can "
"be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, "
@@ -1628,13 +1659,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:803
+#: user-manual.txt:829
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:810
+#: user-manual.txt:836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Weights*: Information about the weight system used can be entered\n"
@@ -1645,26 +1676,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:811
+#: user-manual.txt:837
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:815
+#: user-manual.txt:841
msgid ""
"By clicking on the _Type_ field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through "
"a down-arrow:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:816
+#: user-manual.txt:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:830
+#: user-manual.txt:856
msgid ""
"This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or "
"the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting "
@@ -1679,19 +1710,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:831
+#: user-manual.txt:857
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:833
+#: user-manual.txt:859
#, no-wrap
msgid "Editing several selected dives simultaneously"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:848
+#: user-manual.txt:874
msgid ""
"_METHOD 1_: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of "
"each uploaded dive is shown in the *Dive profile* tab, as well as a few "
@@ -1709,7 +1740,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:858
+#: user-manual.txt:884
msgid ""
"The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain "
"information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a "
@@ -1724,7 +1755,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:867
+#: user-manual.txt:893
msgid ""
"_METHOD 2_:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a "
"dive with all the appropriate information typed into the *Notes* and "
@@ -1739,13 +1770,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:868
+#: user-manual.txt:894
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding Bookmarks to a dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:873
+#: user-manual.txt:899
msgid ""
"Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular "
"events during the dive, e.g. \"Saw dolphins\", or \"Released surface buoy\". "
@@ -1753,7 +1784,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:877
+#: user-manual.txt:903
msgid ""
"Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up "
"the dive profile context menu. Select _Add bookmark_. A red flag is placed "
@@ -1761,40 +1792,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:879
+#: user-manual.txt:905
msgid ""
"Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see *B* "
"below). Select _Edit name_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:882
+#: user-manual.txt:908
msgid ""
"A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see *C* "
"below). Select _OK_. This saves the text associated with the bookmark."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:885
+#: user-manual.txt:911
msgid ""
"If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is "
"shown at the bottom of the information box (see *D* below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:886
+#: user-manual.txt:912
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Bookmarks.jpg"
msgstr "images/Bookmarks.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:889
+#: user-manual.txt:915
#, no-wrap
msgid "Saving the updated dive information"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:900
+#: user-manual.txt:926
msgid ""
"The information entered in the *Notes* tab and the *Equipment* tab can be "
"saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the *Notes* tab. If "
@@ -1807,13 +1838,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:901
+#: user-manual.txt:927
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats"
msgstr "Importer les informations à partir d'autres sources de données numériques ou d'autres formats de données"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:927
+#: user-manual.txt:953
msgid ""
"If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives "
"were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need "
@@ -1835,7 +1866,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:937
+#: user-manual.txt:963
msgid ""
"If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it "
"should be sufficient to select either _Import -> Import log files_ or _File -"
@@ -1850,13 +1881,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:938
+#: user-manual.txt:964
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using the universal import dialogue"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:944
+#: user-manual.txt:970
msgid ""
"Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal "
"interface activated by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, then clicking "
@@ -1864,13 +1895,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:945
+#: user-manual.txt:971
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Import1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Import1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:950
+#: user-manual.txt:976
msgid ""
"Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of "
"_Dive Log Files_ which gives access to the different types of direct imports "
@@ -1878,70 +1909,70 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:952
+#: user-manual.txt:978
msgid ""
"XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log "
"systems)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:953
+#: user-manual.txt:979
msgid "Cochran dive logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:954
+#: user-manual.txt:980
msgid "UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:955
+#: user-manual.txt:981
msgid "UDCF-formatted dive logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:956
+#: user-manual.txt:982
msgid "Poseidon MkVI CCR logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:957
+#: user-manual.txt:983
msgid "APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:958
+#: user-manual.txt:984
msgid "LiquiVision logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:959
+#: user-manual.txt:985
msgid "divelog.de logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:960
+#: user-manual.txt:986
msgid "OSTC Tools logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:961
+#: user-manual.txt:987
msgid "JDiveLog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:962
+#: user-manual.txt:988
msgid "Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:963
+#: user-manual.txt:989
msgid ""
"CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:968
+#: user-manual.txt:994
msgid ""
"Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large "
"window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the "
@@ -1951,13 +1982,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:969
+#: user-manual.txt:995
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from OSTCTools"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:978
+#: user-manual.txt:1004
msgid ""
"_OSTC Tools_ is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management "
"tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. _OSTC Tools_ downloads dive "
@@ -1970,7 +2001,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:982
+#: user-manual.txt:1008
msgid ""
"Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to "
"_Subsurface_, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, "
@@ -1978,7 +2009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:987
+#: user-manual.txt:1013
msgid ""
"Please, remember that OSTCTools is *not* a true diving log software, but a "
"useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way, "
@@ -1988,13 +2019,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:989
+#: user-manual.txt:1015
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:996
+#: user-manual.txt:1022
msgid ""
"Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with multi-"
"platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported into "
@@ -2004,7 +2035,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1001
+#: user-manual.txt:1027
msgid ""
"Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user's desktop, "
"using a _.sdf_ file name extension. Refer to xref:Mares_Export[Appendix C] "
@@ -2012,7 +2043,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1007
+#: user-manual.txt:1033
msgid ""
"Data should then be imported into _www.divelogs.de_. One needs to create a "
"user account in _www.divelogs.de_, log into that web site, then select "
@@ -2022,20 +2053,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1009
+#: user-manual.txt:1035
msgid ""
"Finally, import the dives from _divelogs.de_ to _Subsurface_, using the "
"instructions below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1012
+#: user-manual.txt:1038
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing dives from *divelogs.de*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1025
+#: user-manual.txt:1051
msgid ""
"The import of dive information from _divelogs.de_ is simple, using a single "
"dialogue box. The _Import -> Import from Divelogs.de_ option should be "
@@ -2049,19 +2080,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1026
+#: user-manual.txt:1052
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Divelogs1.jpg"
msgstr "images/Divelogs1.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1029
+#: user-manual.txt:1055
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing data in CSV format"
msgstr "Importer des données au format CSV"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1040
+#: user-manual.txt:1066
msgid ""
"A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either "
"as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed "
@@ -2077,13 +2108,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1042
+#: user-manual.txt:1068
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software"
msgstr "Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d'autres logiciels de carnet de plongée"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1047
+#: user-manual.txt:1073
msgid ""
"One can view a _CSV_ file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally "
"organised into a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_ or "
@@ -2092,14 +2123,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1049
+#: user-manual.txt:1075
msgid ""
"There are two types of _CSV_ dive logs that can be imported into "
"_Subsurface_:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1055
+#: user-manual.txt:1081
msgid ""
"_CSV dive details_: This dive log format contains similar information to "
"that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, "
@@ -2110,7 +2141,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1064
+#: user-manual.txt:1090
msgid ""
"_CSV dive profile_: This dive log format includes much more information "
"about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second "
@@ -2124,14 +2155,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1067
+#: user-manual.txt:1093
msgid ""
"Before being able to import the _CSV_ data to _Subsurface_ *one needs to "
"know a few things about the data being imported*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1075
+#: user-manual.txt:1101
msgid ""
"Which character separates the different columns within a single line of "
"data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a "
@@ -2143,7 +2174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1079
+#: user-manual.txt:1105
msgid ""
"Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Is it a _CSV dive "
"details_ file or a _CSV dive profile_ file? Open the file using a text "
@@ -2152,13 +2183,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1081
+#: user-manual.txt:1107
msgid ""
-"Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?"
+"Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1088
+#: user-manual.txt:1114
msgid ""
"Armed with this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is "
"straightforward. Select _Import -> Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In "
@@ -2168,13 +2199,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1089
+#: user-manual.txt:1115
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/csv_import1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/csv_import1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1100
+#: user-manual.txt:1126
msgid ""
"Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre-"
"configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and software "
@@ -2189,7 +2220,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1112
+#: user-manual.txt:1138
msgid ""
"The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the "
"appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the "
@@ -2200,19 +2231,19 @@ msgid ""
"\"Dive # \". If the column heading that _Subsurface_ expects is not in the "
"blue row, then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it "
"in the appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the "
-"correct column for \"Dive #\", drag the ballooned item labeled \"Dive # \" "
+"correct column for \"Dive #\", drag the ballooned item labelled \"Dive # \" "
"and drop it in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing \" "
"# \". This is depicted in the image below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1113
+#: user-manual.txt:1139
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/csv_import2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/csv_import2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1119
+#: user-manual.txt:1145
msgid ""
"Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row "
"of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue. "
@@ -2222,13 +2253,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1123
+#: user-manual.txt:1149
#, no-wrap
msgid "*A Diver's Introduction to _CSV_ Files*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1137
+#: user-manual.txt:1163
msgid ""
"_CSV_ is an abbreviation for a data file format: _Comma-Separated Values_. "
"It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the information using a "
@@ -2245,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1146
+#: user-manual.txt:1172
msgid ""
"_CSV_ files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most "
"important attribute of a _CSV_ file is the _field separator_, the character "
@@ -2261,7 +2292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1152
+#: user-manual.txt:1178
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tDive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy\n"
@@ -2272,14 +2303,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1154
+#: user-manual.txt:1180
msgid ""
"The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information "
"in TAB-delimited format:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1160
+#: user-manual.txt:1186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tDive site\tDive date\tTime\tDive_duration\tDive_depth\tDive buddy\n"
@@ -2290,7 +2321,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1168
+#: user-manual.txt:1194
msgid ""
"It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-"
"delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB "
@@ -2304,7 +2335,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1179
+#: user-manual.txt:1205
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tDive Time (s)\tDepth (m)\tpO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) \tpO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar)\tAmbient temp. (Celsius)\n"
@@ -2320,7 +2351,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1185
+#: user-manual.txt:1211
msgid ""
"When a _CSV_ file is selected for import, _Subsurface_ displays the column "
"headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the _CSV_ "
@@ -2331,7 +2362,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1199
+#: user-manual.txt:1225
msgid ""
"The _CSV_ import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special "
"characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double "
@@ -2344,13 +2375,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1202
+#: user-manual.txt:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing GPS coordinates with the _Subsurface Companion App_ for mobile phones"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1211
+#: user-manual.txt:1237
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Using the *Subsurface Companion App* on an _Android device_ or\n"
@@ -2363,18 +2394,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1213
+#: user-manual.txt:1239
msgid "To do this:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1214
+#: user-manual.txt:1240
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create a Companion App account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1219
+#: user-manual.txt:1245
msgid ""
"Register on the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web "
"page_]. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal *DIVERID* "
@@ -2383,7 +2414,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1224
+#: user-manual.txt:1250
msgid ""
"Download the app from https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org."
"subsurface[Google Play Store] or from http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?"
@@ -2391,18 +2422,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1225
+#: user-manual.txt:1251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1228
+#: user-manual.txt:1254
msgid "On first use the app has three options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1234
+#: user-manual.txt:1260
msgid ""
"_Create a new account._ Equivalent to registering in _Subsurface_ companion "
"page using an Internet browser. One can request a *DIVERID* using this "
@@ -2412,14 +2443,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1237
+#: user-manual.txt:1263
msgid ""
"_Retrieve an account._ If users forgot their *DIVERID* they will receive an "
"email to recover the number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1241
+#: user-manual.txt:1267
msgid ""
"_Use an existing account._ Users are prompted for their *DIVERID*. The app "
"saves this *DIVERID* and does not ask for it again unless one uses the "
@@ -2427,7 +2458,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1249
+#: user-manual.txt:1275
msgid ""
"In the _Subsurface_ main program, the *DIVERID* should also be entered on "
"the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting _File -> Preferences -> "
@@ -2436,13 +2467,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1250
+#: user-manual.txt:1276
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating new dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1255
+#: user-manual.txt:1281
msgid ""
"Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The "
"Android display will look like the left hand image (*A*) below, but without "
@@ -2450,21 +2481,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1258
+#: user-manual.txt:1284
msgid ""
"Touch the \"+\" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be "
"showed with 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1261
+#: user-manual.txt:1287
msgid ""
"Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it "
"is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1270
+#: user-manual.txt:1296
msgid ""
"Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world "
"map. A world map is shown (see *B* below) on which one should indicate the "
@@ -2477,13 +2508,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1271
+#: user-manual.txt:1297
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Companion_5.jpg"
msgstr "images/Companion_5.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1279
+#: user-manual.txt:1305
msgid ""
"Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and "
"located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the "
@@ -2493,13 +2524,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1280
+#: user-manual.txt:1306
#, no-wrap
msgid "Dive lists of dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1288
+#: user-manual.txt:1314
msgid ""
"The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and "
"time (see *A* below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the "
@@ -2510,7 +2541,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1296
+#: user-manual.txt:1322
msgid ""
"Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations "
"or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is "
@@ -2522,13 +2553,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1297
+#: user-manual.txt:1323
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Companion_4.jpg"
msgstr "images/Companion_4.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1303
+#: user-manual.txt:1329
msgid ""
"When one selects a dive (*not* selecting the check box), the name given to "
"it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top "
@@ -2536,32 +2567,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1305
+#: user-manual.txt:1331
msgid ""
"Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive "
"location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1307
+#: user-manual.txt:1333
msgid "Maps: Display a map showing the dive location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1310
+#: user-manual.txt:1336
msgid ""
"After editing and saving a dive location (see *C* above), one needs to "
"upload it to the web service, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1311
+#: user-manual.txt:1337
#, no-wrap
msgid "Uploading dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1317
+#: user-manual.txt:1343
msgid ""
"There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by "
"simply selecting the locations (See *A* below) and then touching the right "
@@ -2569,51 +2600,51 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1322
+#: user-manual.txt:1348
msgid ""
"Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it "
"should; it deletes the selected dive location(s)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1323
+#: user-manual.txt:1349
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Companion_1.jpg"
msgstr "images/Companion_1.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1328
+#: user-manual.txt:1354
msgid ""
"After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to "
"be downloaded to a _Subsurface_ dive log (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1330
+#: user-manual.txt:1356
#, no-wrap
msgid "Settings on the Companion App"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1333
+#: user-manual.txt:1359
msgid ""
"Selecting the _Settings_ menu option results in the right hand image above "
"(*B*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1334
+#: user-manual.txt:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid "Server and account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1337
+#: user-manual.txt:1363
msgid "_Web-service URL._ This is predefined (http://api.hohndel.org/)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1341
+#: user-manual.txt:1367
msgid ""
"_User ID._ The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The "
"easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation "
@@ -2621,33 +2652,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1342
+#: user-manual.txt:1368
#, no-wrap
msgid "Synchronisation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1346
+#: user-manual.txt:1372
msgid ""
"_Synchronize on startup_. If selected, dive locations in the Android device "
"and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1349
+#: user-manual.txt:1375
msgid ""
"_Upload new dives._ If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it "
"is automatically sent to the server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1350
+#: user-manual.txt:1376
#, no-wrap
msgid "Background service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1353
+#: user-manual.txt:1379
msgid ""
"Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service "
"running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous "
@@ -2655,40 +2686,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1356
+#: user-manual.txt:1382
msgid "The settings below define the behaviour of the service:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1359
+#: user-manual.txt:1385
msgid ""
"_Min duration._ In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X "
"minutes until stopped by the user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1361
+#: user-manual.txt:1387
msgid "_Min distance._ In meters. Minimum distance between two locations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1363
+#: user-manual.txt:1389
msgid "_Name template._ The name the app will use when saving the locations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1364 user-manual.txt:1461 user-manual.txt:1880
+#: user-manual.txt:1390 user-manual.txt:1487 user-manual.txt:1905
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/info.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/info.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1374
+#: user-manual.txt:1400
msgid ""
"_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and "
"50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location "
"at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* "
-"every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations "
+"every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations "
"are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is "
"not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the "
"user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every "
@@ -2696,59 +2727,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1375
+#: user-manual.txt:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1379
+#: user-manual.txt:1405
msgid ""
"_Mailing List._ The mail box for _Subsurface_. Users can send an email to "
"the Subsurface mailing list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1381
+#: user-manual.txt:1407
msgid "_Subsurface website._ A link to the URL of Subsurface web"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1383
+#: user-manual.txt:1409
msgid "_Version._ Displays the current version of the Companion App."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1384
+#: user-manual.txt:1410
#, no-wrap
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1387
+#: user-manual.txt:1413
msgid "Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1388
+#: user-manual.txt:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "Start service"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1391
+#: user-manual.txt:1417
msgid ""
"Initiates the _background service_ following the previously defined settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1392
+#: user-manual.txt:1418
#, no-wrap
msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1400
+#: user-manual.txt:1426
msgid ""
"This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by "
"resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account "
@@ -2758,25 +2789,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1401
+#: user-manual.txt:1427
#, no-wrap
msgid "Send all locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1404
+#: user-manual.txt:1430
msgid ""
"This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1406
+#: user-manual.txt:1432
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using the Subsurface companion app on an _iPhone_ to record dive locations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1411
+#: user-manual.txt:1437
msgid ""
"The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID "
"(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "
@@ -2785,13 +2816,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1412
+#: user-manual.txt:1438
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/iphone.jpg"
msgstr "images/iphone.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1419
+#: user-manual.txt:1445
msgid ""
"Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive "
"location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a "
@@ -2805,22 +2836,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1425
+#: user-manual.txt:1451
msgid ""
"One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive "
"list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The "
-"dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and "
+"dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and "
"there is not an option to trigger upload manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1427
+#: user-manual.txt:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid "Downloading dive locations to the _Subsurface_ divelog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1436
+#: user-manual.txt:1462
msgid ""
"Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into "
"_Subsurface_ before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The "
@@ -2832,13 +2863,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1437
+#: user-manual.txt:1463
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DownloadGPS.jpg"
msgstr "images/DownloadGPS.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1445
+#: user-manual.txt:1471
msgid ""
"Note that the _Apply_ button is now active. By clicking on it, users can "
"update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in _Subsurface_ "
@@ -2849,7 +2880,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1452
+#: user-manual.txt:1478
msgid ""
"Since _Subsurface_ matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive "
"information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic "
@@ -2861,7 +2892,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1460
+#: user-manual.txt:1486
msgid ""
"Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons "
"for this (e.g. time zones), or _Subsurface_ may be unable to decide which is "
@@ -2875,12 +2906,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1464
+#: user-manual.txt:1490
msgid "TIPS:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1471
+#: user-manual.txt:1497
msgid ""
"_Background service_, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list "
"with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point "
@@ -2893,7 +2924,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1475
+#: user-manual.txt:1501
msgid ""
"It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to "
"the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the _Name "
@@ -2902,13 +2933,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1477
+#: user-manual.txt:1503
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding photographs to dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1483
+#: user-manual.txt:1509
msgid ""
"Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs "
"during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific "
@@ -2917,39 +2948,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1484
+#: user-manual.txt:1510
#, no-wrap
msgid "Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1488
+#: user-manual.txt:1514
msgid ""
"Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-"
"click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option _Load Images_:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1489
+#: user-manual.txt:1515
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1493
+#: user-manual.txt:1519
msgid ""
"The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need "
"to be loaded into _Subsurface_ and click the _Open_ button."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1494
+#: user-manual.txt:1520
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1503
+#: user-manual.txt:1529
msgid ""
"This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical "
"problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive "
@@ -2960,12 +2991,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1505
+#: user-manual.txt:1531
msgid "_Subsurface_ achieves this synchronisation in three ways:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1508
+#: user-manual.txt:1534
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Pro-actively*: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with\n"
@@ -2973,7 +3004,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1519
+#: user-manual.txt:1545
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Manually*: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the\n"
@@ -2990,13 +3021,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1520
+#: user-manual.txt:1546
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1538
+#: user-manual.txt:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*By photograph*: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a\n"
@@ -3004,7 +3035,7 @@ msgid ""
"the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within\n"
"each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the _Time shift_ dialog. If one uses\n"
"the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on\n"
-"the horizontal bar entitled \"_Select image of divecomputer showing time_. This brings up\n"
+"the horizontal bar entitled \"_Select image of dive computer showing time_. This brings up\n"
"a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the\n"
"photograph using the file browser and click on _OK_. This photograph of the dive computer\n"
"appears in the bottom panel of the _Shift times_ dialog. Now _Subsurface_ knows exactly\n"
@@ -3017,30 +3048,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1541
+#: user-manual.txt:1567
msgid ""
"If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the "
"dive, it is not placed on the dive profile."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1542
+#: user-manual.txt:1568
#, no-wrap
msgid "Viewing the photos"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1545
+#: user-manual.txt:1571
msgid "After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1547
+#: user-manual.txt:1573
msgid "the _Photos_ tab of the *Notes* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1551
+#: user-manual.txt:1577
msgid ""
"as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions "
"reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos "
@@ -3049,37 +3080,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1552
+#: user-manual.txt:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png"
msgstr "images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1555
+#: user-manual.txt:1581
msgid "This results in a profile display as in the image below:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1556
+#: user-manual.txt:1582
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1560
+#: user-manual.txt:1586
msgid ""
"If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail "
"photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1561
+#: user-manual.txt:1587
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1570
+#: user-manual.txt:1596
msgid ""
"Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the "
"_Subsurface_ window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have "
@@ -3091,19 +3122,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1571
+#: user-manual.txt:1597
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1573
+#: user-manual.txt:1599
#, no-wrap
msgid "The _Photos_ tab"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1584
+#: user-manual.txt:1610
msgid ""
"Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the _Photos_ "
"tab of the _Notes_ panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive "
@@ -3119,13 +3150,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1585
+#: user-manual.txt:1611
#, no-wrap
msgid "Photos on an external hard disk"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1596
+#: user-manual.txt:1622
msgid ""
"Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If "
"such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) "
@@ -3143,13 +3174,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1598
+#: user-manual.txt:1624
#, no-wrap
msgid "Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1608
+#: user-manual.txt:1634
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"After a photograph has been loaded into _Subsurface_ and associated with a specific dive, the directory\n"
@@ -3163,7 +3194,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1613
+#: user-manual.txt:1639
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"When a photo is loaded into _Subsurface_, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the\n"
@@ -3173,31 +3204,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1615
+#: user-manual.txt:1641
msgid ""
"look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) "
"where photos have been moved"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1616
+#: user-manual.txt:1642
msgid "to,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1618
+#: user-manual.txt:1644
msgid "calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1620
+#: user-manual.txt:1646
msgid ""
"if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally "
"calculated when a photo was"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1622
+#: user-manual.txt:1648
msgid ""
"loaded into _Subsurface_ (even if the original file name has changed), to "
"automatically update the directory information so that _Subsurface_ can find "
@@ -3205,7 +3236,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1627
+#: user-manual.txt:1653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: _File -> Find moved images_. This brings up a window within\n"
@@ -3215,52 +3246,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1632
+#: user-manual.txt:1658
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:1642
+#: user-manual.txt:1663
+msgid ""
+"_Subsurface_ automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can "
+"be accessed by _Subsurface_. When manipulating images, ensure that all the "
+"images associated with the dive log can be accessed by _Subsurface_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block *
+#: user-manual.txt:1665
+msgid ""
+"_Subsurface_ automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the "
+"fingerprints associated with a single dive if:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block *
+#: user-manual.txt:1666
+msgid ""
+"The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the *Dive "
+"Profile*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block *
+#: user-manual.txt:1667
msgid ""
-"Software for the automated finger print calculation of existing photo "
-"collections is under development. Currently single dives must be upgraded "
-"one at a time. Select the toolbar button on the *Dive profile* panel that "
-"enables the display of images. The thumbnails of images are shown on the "
-"dive profile. Then open the dive and change anything in the *Notes* panel "
-"that brings up the blue edit bar at the top of the notes panel to save the "
-"edits. For instance, add a space character at the end of the _Notes_ text "
-"box and immediately delete that space character. Select the option _Apply "
-"changes_ in the blue edit bar to save the dive information. Fingerprints "
-"are calculated while saving this specific dive."
+"One edits anything in the *Notes tab* panel and save the edits by selecting "
+"_Apply changes_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1646
+#: user-manual.txt:1671
#, no-wrap
msgid "Logging special types of dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1649
+#: user-manual.txt:1674
#, no-wrap
msgid "Multicylinder dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1656
+#: user-manual.txt:1681
msgid ""
-"_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. "
-"Multicylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have enough gas "
-"for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver needs more than "
-"one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. "
-"For this reason multicylinder dives are often used by technical divers who "
-"dive deep or long. As far as _Subsurface_ is concerned, there are only two "
-"types of information that need to be provided:"
+"_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-"
+"cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have enough gas for "
+"the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver needs more than one "
+"gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For "
+"this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive "
+"deep or long. As far as _Subsurface_ is concerned, there are only two types "
+"of information that need to be provided:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1660
+#: user-manual.txt:1685
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Describe the cylinders used during the dive* This is performed in the *Equipment tab* of\n"
@@ -3269,7 +3314,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1665
+#: user-manual.txt:1690
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:* This is information\n"
@@ -3279,7 +3324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1673
+#: user-manual.txt:1698
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile*: If the latter option\n"
@@ -3292,7 +3337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1677
+#: user-manual.txt:1702
msgid ""
"Having performed these tasks, _Subsurface_ indicates the appropriate use of "
"cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off "
@@ -3301,30 +3346,30 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1678
+#: user-manual.txt:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/multicylinder_dive.jpg"
msgstr "images/multicylinder_dive.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1680
+#: user-manual.txt:1705
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sidemount dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1686
+#: user-manual.txt:1711
msgid ""
-"Sidemount diving is just another form of multicylinder diving, often with "
+"Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with "
"both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular "
"configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by "
"recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount "
-"dive logging involves, exactly as with multicylinder dives, above, three "
+"dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three "
"steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1695
+#: user-manual.txt:1720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*During the dive, record cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving normally involves two\n"
@@ -3338,7 +3383,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1698
+#: user-manual.txt:1723
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Within _Subsurface_ describe the cylinders used during the dive*. The diver needs to provide the\n"
@@ -3347,7 +3392,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1708
+#: user-manual.txt:1733
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Indicate cylinder change events on the _Subsurface_ dive profile*. Once the dive log has been imported\n"
@@ -3363,32 +3408,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1709
+#: user-manual.txt:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/sidemount1.jpg"
msgstr "images/sidemount1.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1712
+#: user-manual.txt:1737
msgid ""
"This section gives an example of the versatility of _Subsurface_ as a dive "
"logging tool."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1715
+#: user-manual.txt:1740
#, no-wrap
msgid "Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1717
+#: user-manual.txt:1742
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/halcyon_RB80.jpg"
msgstr "images/halcyon_RB80.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1727
+#: user-manual.txt:1752
msgid ""
"Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in "
"diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes, "
@@ -3404,19 +3449,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1729
+#: user-manual.txt:1754
msgid ""
"To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps "
"outlined above:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1731
+#: user-manual.txt:1756
msgid "Select pSCR in the _Dive Mode_ dropdown list on the *Info* panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1735
+#: user-manual.txt:1760
msgid ""
"pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. "
"Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the "
@@ -3425,7 +3470,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1740
+#: user-manual.txt:1765
msgid ""
"If a pSCR _Dive Mode_ has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is "
"adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires "
@@ -3435,25 +3480,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1741
+#: user-manual.txt:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/pSCR_profile.jpg"
msgstr "images/pSCR_profile.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:1746
+#: user-manual.txt:1771
#, no-wrap
msgid "Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1748
+#: user-manual.txt:1773
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/APD.jpg"
msgstr "images/APD.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1753
+#: user-manual.txt:1778
msgid ""
"Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that "
"has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen "
@@ -3461,12 +3506,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1754
+#: user-manual.txt:1779
msgid "remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1763
+#: user-manual.txt:1788
msgid ""
"regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The "
"CCR interface of _Subsurface_ is currently experimental and under active "
@@ -3480,13 +3525,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1764
+#: user-manual.txt:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid "Import a CCR dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1778
+#: user-manual.txt:1803
msgid ""
"See the section dealing with xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive "
"information from other digital sources]. From the main menu of _Subsurface_, "
@@ -3504,13 +3549,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:1779
+#: user-manual.txt:1804
#, no-wrap
msgid "Displayed information for a CCR dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1789
+#: user-manual.txt:1814
msgid ""
"_Partial pressures of gases_: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the "
"information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to "
@@ -3524,12 +3569,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1791
+#: user-manual.txt:1816
msgid "For TWO O~2~ sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1795
+#: user-manual.txt:1820
msgid ""
"For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However "
"differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different "
@@ -3538,19 +3583,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1797
+#: user-manual.txt:1822
msgid ""
"If no sensor data are available, the pO~2~ value is assumed to be equal to "
"the setpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1799
+#: user-manual.txt:1824
msgid "The mean pO~2~ of the sensors is indicated with a green line,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1807
+#: user-manual.txt:1832
msgid ""
"The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual "
"oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is "
@@ -3562,13 +3607,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1808
+#: user-manual.txt:1833
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1815
+#: user-manual.txt:1840
msgid ""
"Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-"
"related information whenever the pO~2~ toolbar button on the _Profile_ panel "
@@ -3579,13 +3624,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1816
+#: user-manual.txt:1841
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1820
+#: user-manual.txt:1845
msgid ""
"The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual "
"oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded "
@@ -3593,22 +3638,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1822
+#: user-manual.txt:1847
msgid "Sensor 1: grey"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1823
+#: user-manual.txt:1848
msgid "Sensor 2: blue"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1824
+#: user-manual.txt:1849
msgid "Sensor 3: brown"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1828
+#: user-manual.txt:1853
msgid ""
"The mean oxygen pO~2~ is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct "
"comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting "
@@ -3616,13 +3661,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1829
+#: user-manual.txt:1854
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1834
+#: user-manual.txt:1859
msgid ""
"The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating "
"both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, "
@@ -3630,7 +3675,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1838
+#: user-manual.txt:1863
msgid ""
"_Events_: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open "
"circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers "
@@ -3639,7 +3684,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1846
+#: user-manual.txt:1871
msgid ""
"_Cylinder pressures_: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record "
"the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these "
@@ -3652,13 +3697,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1847
+#: user-manual.txt:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1852
+#: user-manual.txt:1877
msgid ""
"_Equipment-specific information_: Equipment-specific information gathered by "
"_Subsurface_ is shown in the xref:S_ExtraDataTab[Extra data tab]. This may "
@@ -3666,7 +3711,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1858
+#: user-manual.txt:1883
msgid ""
"The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the "
"precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from "
@@ -3678,13 +3723,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1859 user-manual.txt:2042
+#: user-manual.txt:1884 user-manual.txt:2067
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/cceiling.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/cceiling.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1864
+#: user-manual.txt:1889
msgid ""
"The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However, "
"this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting "
@@ -3693,13 +3738,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1865
+#: user-manual.txt:1890
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg"
msgstr "images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1869
+#: user-manual.txt:1894
msgid ""
"More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for "
"Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in xref:"
@@ -3708,19 +3753,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:1870
+#: user-manual.txt:1895
#, no-wrap
msgid "Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1872
+#: user-manual.txt:1897
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Info* tab (for individual dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1879
+#: user-manual.txt:1904
msgid ""
"The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has "
"been selected in the *Dive List*. Useful information here includes the "
@@ -3730,7 +3775,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1886
+#: user-manual.txt:1911
msgid ""
"Gas consumption and SAC calculations: _Subsurface_ calculates SAC and Gas "
"consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank "
@@ -3739,13 +3784,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1888
+#: user-manual.txt:1913
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Extra Data* tab (usually for individual dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1896
+#: user-manual.txt:1921
msgid ""
"When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot "
"easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the "
@@ -3757,19 +3802,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1897
+#: user-manual.txt:1922
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1899
+#: user-manual.txt:1924
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Stats* tab (for groups of dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1910
+#: user-manual.txt:1935
msgid ""
"The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that "
"more than one dive has been selected in the *Dive List* using the standard "
@@ -3782,19 +3827,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:1912
+#: user-manual.txt:1937
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Dive Profile*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1914
+#: user-manual.txt:1939
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Profile2.jpg"
msgstr "images/Profile2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1925
+#: user-manual.txt:1950
msgid ""
"Of all the panels in _Subsurface_, the Dive Profile contains the most "
"detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a *button bar* on "
@@ -3807,7 +3852,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: user-manual.txt:1932
+#: user-manual.txt:1957
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Colour*|*Descent speed (m/min)*|*Ascent speed (m/min)*\n"
@@ -3825,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr ""
"|Vert foncé|< 1.5|< 1.5\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1937
+#: user-manual.txt:1962
msgid ""
"The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the "
"graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other "
@@ -3834,13 +3879,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1938
+#: user-manual.txt:1963
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/scale.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/scale.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1943
+#: user-manual.txt:1968
msgid ""
"In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the *Dive "
"Profile* panel. Clicking the *Scale* button in the toolbar on the left of "
@@ -3849,7 +3894,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1946
+#: user-manual.txt:1971
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Water temperature* is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values\n"
@@ -3857,7 +3902,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1953
+#: user-manual.txt:1978
msgid ""
"The dive profile can include graphs of the *partial pressures* of O~2~, "
"N~2~, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and "
@@ -3868,13 +3913,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1954
+#: user-manual.txt:1979
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/O2.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/O2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1958
+#: user-manual.txt:1983
msgid ""
"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *oxygen* "
"during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature "
@@ -3882,26 +3927,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1959
+#: user-manual.txt:1984
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/N2.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/N2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1962
+#: user-manual.txt:1987
msgid ""
"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *nitrogen* "
"during the dive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1963
+#: user-manual.txt:1988
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/He.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/He.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1967
+#: user-manual.txt:1992
msgid ""
"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *helium* "
"during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, "
@@ -3909,7 +3954,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1980
+#: user-manual.txt:2005
msgid ""
"The *air consumption* graph displays the tank pressure and its change during "
"the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when "
@@ -3924,13 +3969,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1981
+#: user-manual.txt:2006
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/Heartbutton.png"
msgstr "images/icons/Heartbutton.png"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1985
+#: user-manual.txt:2010
msgid ""
"Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate "
"information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart "
@@ -3938,7 +3983,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:1993
+#: user-manual.txt:2018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"It is possible to *zoom* into the profile graph. This is done either by using\n"
@@ -3951,19 +3996,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:1994
+#: user-manual.txt:2019
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/MeasuringBar.png"
msgstr "images/MeasuringBar.png"
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:1996
+#: user-manual.txt:2021
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ruler.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/ruler.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2004
+#: user-manual.txt:2029
msgid ""
"Measurements of *depth or time differences* can be achieved by using the "
"*ruler button* on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is "
@@ -3973,13 +4018,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2005
+#: user-manual.txt:2030
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ShowPhotos.png"
msgstr "images/icons/ShowPhotos.png"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2012
+#: user-manual.txt:2037
msgid ""
"Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by "
"selecting the *Show-photo* button. The position of a photo on the profile "
@@ -3988,7 +4033,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2041
+#: user-manual.txt:2066
msgid ""
"The profile can also include the dive computer reported *ceiling* (more "
"precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each "
@@ -4018,7 +4063,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2047
+#: user-manual.txt:2072
msgid ""
"If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to "
"_Subsurface_ during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by "
@@ -4026,13 +4071,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2048
+#: user-manual.txt:2073
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ceiling1.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/ceiling1.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2053
+#: user-manual.txt:2078
msgid ""
"If the *Calculated ceiling* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a "
"ceiling, calculated by _Subsurface_, is shown in green if it exists for a "
@@ -4041,13 +4086,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2054
+#: user-manual.txt:2079
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ceiling2.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/ceiling2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2058
+#: user-manual.txt:2083
msgid ""
"If, in addition, the *show all tissues* button on the Profile Panel is "
"clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the "
@@ -4055,32 +4100,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2059
+#: user-manual.txt:2084
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ceiling3.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/ceiling3.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2063
+#: user-manual.txt:2088
msgid ""
"If, in addition, the *3m increments* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, "
"then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (*C* in figure below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2064
+#: user-manual.txt:2089
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Ceilings2.jpg"
msgstr "images/Ceilings2.jpg"
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2066
+#: user-manual.txt:2091
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2072
+#: user-manual.txt:2097
msgid ""
"By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be "
"represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the *Dive Profile*. In "
@@ -4092,19 +4137,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2073
+#: user-manual.txt:2098
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg"
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2076
+#: user-manual.txt:2101
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/tissues.jpg"
msgstr "images/tissues.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2088
+#: user-manual.txt:2113
msgid ""
"Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure "
"(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann "
@@ -4123,13 +4168,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2089
+#: user-manual.txt:2114
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/tissuesGraph.jpg"
msgstr "images/tissuesGraph.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2097
+#: user-manual.txt:2122
msgid ""
"Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their "
"depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on "
@@ -4142,25 +4187,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2099
+#: user-manual.txt:2124
#, no-wrap
msgid " ** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]\n"
msgstr " ** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2101
+#: user-manual.txt:2126
#, no-wrap
msgid " ** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]\n"
msgstr " ** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]\n"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2103
+#: user-manual.txt:2128
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Dive Profile context menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2121
+#: user-manual.txt:2146
msgid ""
"The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while "
"the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the "
@@ -4181,13 +4226,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2123
+#: user-manual.txt:2148
#, no-wrap
msgid "The *Information Box*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2133
+#: user-manual.txt:2158
msgid ""
"The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the "
"dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the "
@@ -4200,13 +4245,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2134
+#: user-manual.txt:2159
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/InfoBox2.jpg"
msgstr "images/InfoBox2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2151
+#: user-manual.txt:2176
msgid ""
"The moment the mouse points inside the *Dive Profile* panel, the information "
"box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect "
@@ -4227,20 +4272,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2154
+#: user-manual.txt:2179
msgid ""
"The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as "
"four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2155
+#: user-manual.txt:2180
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/MOD.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/MOD.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2164
+#: user-manual.txt:2189
msgid ""
"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Maximum "
"Operating Depth (MOD)* of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is "
@@ -4252,13 +4297,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2165
+#: user-manual.txt:2190
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/NDL.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/NDL.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2174
+#: user-manual.txt:2199
msgid ""
"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *No-deco "
"Limit (NDL)* or the *Total Time to Surface (TTS)*. NDL is the time duration "
@@ -4271,13 +4316,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2175
+#: user-manual.txt:2200
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/SAC.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/SAC.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2184
+#: user-manual.txt:2209
msgid ""
"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Surface Air "
"Consumption (SAC)*. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised "
@@ -4290,13 +4335,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:2185
+#: user-manual.txt:2210
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/EAD.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/EAD.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2200
+#: user-manual.txt:2225
msgid ""
"Clicking this button displays the *Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)* for nitrox "
"dives as well as the *Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)* for trimix dives. "
@@ -4312,20 +4357,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2202
+#: user-manual.txt:2227
msgid ""
"Figure (*B*) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of "
"data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2204
+#: user-manual.txt:2229
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Gas Pressure Bar Graph"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2211
+#: user-manual.txt:2236
msgid ""
"On the left of the *Information Box* is a vertical bar graph indicating the "
"pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if "
@@ -4336,13 +4381,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2212
+#: user-manual.txt:2237
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg"
msgstr "images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2218
+#: user-manual.txt:2243
msgid ""
"The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the "
"light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and "
@@ -4352,7 +4397,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2224
+#: user-manual.txt:2249
msgid ""
"The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the "
"equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually "
@@ -4363,7 +4408,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2228
+#: user-manual.txt:2253
msgid ""
"The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of "
"inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann "
@@ -4371,7 +4416,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2233
+#: user-manual.txt:2258
msgid ""
"The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to "
"the depth of the diver at the particular point on the *Dive Profile*. The "
@@ -4380,7 +4425,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2237
+#: user-manual.txt:2262
msgid ""
"The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived "
"M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation "
@@ -4388,7 +4433,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2240
+#: user-manual.txt:2265
msgid ""
"These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the "
"Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand "
@@ -4396,7 +4441,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2243
+#: user-manual.txt:2268
msgid ""
"Graph *A* indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the "
"surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the "
@@ -4404,7 +4449,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2246
+#: user-manual.txt:2271
msgid ""
"Graph *B* indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the "
"tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas "
@@ -4412,7 +4457,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2251
+#: user-manual.txt:2276
msgid ""
"Graph *C* represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast "
"compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of "
@@ -4422,7 +4467,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2257
+#: user-manual.txt:2282
msgid ""
"Graph *D* shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, "
"during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 "
@@ -4433,7 +4478,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2262
+#: user-manual.txt:2287
msgid ""
"Graph *E* indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 "
"minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the "
@@ -4443,19 +4488,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2265
+#: user-manual.txt:2290
#, no-wrap
msgid "Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2267
+#: user-manual.txt:2292
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Dive List context menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2271
+#: user-manual.txt:2296
msgid ""
"Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed "
"using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or "
@@ -4464,30 +4509,30 @@ msgstr ""
#. TODO: NEEDS REPLACEMENT
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2273
+#: user-manual.txt:2298
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/ContextMenu.jpg"
msgstr "images/ContextMenu.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2276
+#: user-manual.txt:2301
msgid "The context menu is used in many manipulations described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2277
+#: user-manual.txt:2302
#, no-wrap
msgid "Customising the columns showed in the *Dive List* panel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2279
+#: user-manual.txt:2304
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DiveListOptions.jpg"
msgstr "images/DiveListOptions.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2287
+#: user-manual.txt:2312
msgid ""
"The default information in the *Dive List* includes, for each dive, "
"Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This "
@@ -4501,13 +4546,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2289
+#: user-manual.txt:2314
#, no-wrap
msgid "Renumbering the dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2301
+#: user-manual.txt:2326
msgid ""
"Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low "
"sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The "
@@ -4523,7 +4568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2306
+#: user-manual.txt:2331
msgid ""
"One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the "
"dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the "
@@ -4533,13 +4578,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2308
+#: user-manual.txt:2333
#, no-wrap
msgid "Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2316
+#: user-manual.txt:2341
msgid ""
"For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. _Subsurface_ "
"can group dives into _trips_. It performs this by grouping dives that have "
@@ -4550,13 +4595,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2317
+#: user-manual.txt:2342
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Group2.jpg"
msgstr "images/Group2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2323
+#: user-manual.txt:2348
msgid ""
"Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without "
"having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive "
@@ -4565,13 +4610,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2324
+#: user-manual.txt:2349
#, no-wrap
msgid "Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2337
+#: user-manual.txt:2362
msgid ""
"Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip "
"title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip "
@@ -4585,13 +4630,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2338
+#: user-manual.txt:2363
#, no-wrap
msgid "Viewing the dives during a particular trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2343
+#: user-manual.txt:2368
msgid ""
"Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more "
"trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This "
@@ -4600,13 +4645,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2344
+#: user-manual.txt:2369
#, no-wrap
msgid "Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2349
+#: user-manual.txt:2374
msgid ""
"After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows "
"several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This "
@@ -4614,13 +4659,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2350
+#: user-manual.txt:2375
#, no-wrap
msgid "Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2355
+#: user-manual.txt:2380
msgid ""
"After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips "
"by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip "
@@ -4628,13 +4673,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2356
+#: user-manual.txt:2381
#, no-wrap
msgid "Splitting a single trip into more than one trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2366
+#: user-manual.txt:2391
msgid ""
"If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips "
"(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-"
@@ -4646,25 +4691,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2367
+#: user-manual.txt:2392
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/SplitDive3a.jpg"
msgstr "images/SplitDive3a.jpg"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2369
+#: user-manual.txt:2394
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manipulating single dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2371
+#: user-manual.txt:2396
#, no-wrap
msgid "Delete a dive from the dive log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2378
+#: user-manual.txt:2403
msgid ""
"Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and right-"
"clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting *Delete "
@@ -4674,29 +4719,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2379
+#: user-manual.txt:2404
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unlink a dive from a trip"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2386
+#: user-manual.txt:2411
msgid ""
"Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do "
"this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context "
"menu. Then select the option *Remove dive(s) from trip*. The dive(s) now "
"appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending "
-"on the date and time of the unliked dive."
+"on the date and time of the unlinked dive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2387
+#: user-manual.txt:2412
#, no-wrap
msgid "Add a dive to the trip immediately above"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2392
+#: user-manual.txt:2417
msgid ""
"Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed "
"within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to "
@@ -4704,13 +4749,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2393
+#: user-manual.txt:2418
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shift the start time of dive(s)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2404
+#: user-manual.txt:2429
msgid ""
"Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply "
"to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the "
@@ -4723,13 +4768,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2405
+#: user-manual.txt:2430
#, no-wrap
msgid "Merge dives into a single dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2415
+#: user-manual.txt:2440
msgid ""
"Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the "
"surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by "
@@ -4742,19 +4787,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2416
+#: user-manual.txt:2441
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/MergedDive.png"
msgstr "images/MergedDive.png"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:2418
+#: user-manual.txt:2443
#, no-wrap
msgid "Undo dive manipulations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2424
+#: user-manual.txt:2449
msgid ""
"Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or "
"redone. This includes: _delete dives_, _merge dives_, _renumber dives_ and "
@@ -4764,13 +4809,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2427
+#: user-manual.txt:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid "Filtering the dive list"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2433
+#: user-manual.txt:2458
msgid ""
"The dives in the *Dive List* panel can be filtered, that is, one can select "
"only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, "
@@ -4780,7 +4825,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2441
+#: user-manual.txt:2466
msgid ""
"To open the filter, select _Log -> Filter divelist_ from the main menu. This "
"opens the _Filter Panel_ at the top of the _Subsurface_ window. Three icons "
@@ -4794,13 +4839,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2442
+#: user-manual.txt:2467
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Filterpanel.jpg"
msgstr "images/Filterpanel.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2451
+#: user-manual.txt:2476
msgid ""
"Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person "
"(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented "
@@ -4813,7 +4858,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2459
+#: user-manual.txt:2484
msgid ""
"To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one "
"of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the "
@@ -4825,24 +4870,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2461
+#: user-manual.txt:2486
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2464
+#: user-manual.txt:2489
msgid ""
"There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2466
+#: user-manual.txt:2491
msgid "Export dive information to _Facebook_"
msgstr "Exporter les informations de plongée vers _Facebook_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2468
+#: user-manual.txt:2493
msgid ""
"xref:S_Export_other[Export dive information to other destinations or formats]"
msgstr ""
@@ -4850,75 +4895,85 @@ msgstr ""
"destinations ou formats]"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2470
+#: user-manual.txt:2495
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting dive information to _Facebook_"
msgstr "Export des informations de plongée vers _Facebook_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2479
+#: user-manual.txt:2504
msgid ""
"Export of dives to _Facebook_ is handled differently from other types of "
"export because a connection to _Facebook_ is required, needing a _Facebook_ "
-"userID and password. If, from the Main Menu, one selects _File -> "
-"Preferences -> Facebook_, a login screen is presented (see image *A* to the "
-"left, below). Provide your _Facebook_ userID and password. Once a "
-"successful login to _Facebook_ has been achieved, the panel in image *B*, "
-"below is presented, including a _Disconnect from Facebook_ button to close "
-"the _Facebook_ connection."
+"userID and password. If, from the *Main Menu*, one selects _File -> "
+"Preferences -> Facebook_, a login screen is presented (image *A* to the "
+"left, below). Provide a _Facebook_ userID and password. Once a successful "
+"login to _Facebook_ has been achieved, the panel in image *B*, below is "
+"presented, including a _Disconnect from Facebook_ button to close the "
+"_Facebook_ connection."
msgstr ""
"L'export des plongées vers _Facebook_ est géré différemment des autres types "
"d'export car une connexion vers _Facebook_ est nécessaire, nécessitant un "
"identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous "
"sélectionnez _Fichier -> Préférences -> Facebook_, un écran de connexion est "
-"présenté (voir l'image *A* sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez vos "
-"identifiant et mot de passe _Facebook_. Une fois connecté à _Facebook_, le "
-"panneau de l'image *B* ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton _Déconnecter "
-"de Facebook_ pour fermer la connexion _Facebook_."
+"présenté (image *A* sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l'identifiant et le "
+"mot de passe _Facebook_. Une fois connecté à _Facebook_, le panneau de "
+"l'image *B* ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton _Déconnecter de "
+"Facebook_ pour fermer la connexion _Facebook_."
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2480
+#: user-manual.txt:2505
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/facebook1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/facebook1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2492
+#: user-manual.txt:2510
+msgid ""
+"From the _Subsurface_ window it is easy to determe whether _Subsurface_ has "
+"a valid connection to _Facebook_ From the *Main Menu*, select _Share on -> "
+"Facebook_ (image *A*, below). Normally, the _Facebook_ option is greyed out. "
+"But if there is a connection to _Facebook_, this option is active (i.e. in "
+"black colour and can be selected)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: user-manual.txt:2520
msgid ""
"Having established a login to _Facebook_, transfer of a dive profile to "
-"one's _Facebook_ timeline is easy. Ensure that the dive to transfer to the "
-"timeline is depicted in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel. If one "
-"selects _Share on -> Facebook_ from the *Main Menu* a dialogue is shown, "
-"determining the amount of additional information transferred with the dive "
-"profile (see image *B*, below). In order to transfer a dive profile to "
-"_Facebook_, the name of a _Facebook_ album needs to be provided. The "
-"checkboxes on the lefthand side allow one to determine how much additional "
-"information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is "
-"shown in the text box on the right hand side of the panel (see image *B*, "
-"below). One can easily edit the message that will be posted with the dive "
-"profile. Having specified the additional information and verified the text, "
-"select the _OK_ button that triggers the transfer to _Facebook_. After a "
-"while, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating successful transfer "
-"to _Facebook_."
+"one's _Facebook_ timeline is easy. Ensure that the dive to be transfered to "
+"the timeline is depicted in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel. If, from "
+"the *Main Menu*, one selects _Share on -> Facebook_ (see image *A* below), a "
+"dialogue is shown, determining the amount of additional information "
+"transferred with the dive profile (image *B*, below). In order to transfer a "
+"dive profile to _Facebook_, the name of a _Facebook_ album needs to be "
+"provided. The checkboxes on the lefthand side allow one to determine how "
+"much additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. "
+"This information is shown in the text box on the right hand side of the "
+"panel (image *B*, below). One can easily edit the message that will be "
+"posted with the dive profile. Having specified the additional information "
+"and verified the text, select the _OK_ button that triggers the transfer to "
+"_Facebook_. After a while, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating "
+"successful transfer to _Facebook_."
msgstr ""
"Une fois qu'une connexion à _Facebook_ est établie, transférer un profil de "
"plongée vers _Facebook_ est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer "
-"est affichée dans le panneau *Profil de plongée* de _Subsurface_. Si vous "
-"sélectionnez _Partager sur -> Facebook_ à partir du *menu principal*, une "
-"fenêtre s'affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront transférées "
-"avec le profil de plongée (voir l'image *B* ci-dessous). Pour transférer un "
-"profil de plongée vers _Facebook_, le nom d'un album _Facebook_ doit être "
-"fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche permettent de sélectionner "
-"des informations supplémentaires à transférer avec le profil de plongée. Ces "
-"informations sont affichées dans le champs de texte sur la partie droite du "
-"panneau. (voir l'image *B* ci dessous). Vous pouvez facilement modifier le "
-"message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de plongée. Une fois les informations "
-"supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, sélectionner le bouton _OK_ qui lance "
-"le transfert vers _Facebook_. Après un moment, une fenêtre apparait "
-"indiquant le succès du transfert."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2499
+"est affichée dans le panneau *Profil de plongée* de _Subsurface_. Si, à "
+"partir du *menu principal*, vous sélectionnez _Partager sur -> Facebook_, "
+"une fenêtre s'affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront "
+"transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l'image *B* ci-dessous). Pour "
+"transférer un profil de plongée vers _Facebook_, le nom d'un album "
+"_Facebook_ doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche "
+"permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer "
+"avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de "
+"texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image *B* ci dessous). Vous pouvez "
+"facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de plongée. "
+"Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, "
+"sélectionner le bouton _OK_ qui lance le transfert vers _Facebook_. Après un "
+"moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: user-manual.txt:2527
msgid ""
"Both the album created and the post to one's timeline will be marked as "
"private. In order for friends to be able to see the post, change its "
@@ -4934,13 +4989,13 @@ msgstr ""
"publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique."
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2500
+#: user-manual.txt:2528
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/facebook2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/facebook2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2503
+#: user-manual.txt:2532
msgid ""
"If required, then close the _Facebook_ connection by either closing "
"_Subsurface_ or by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Facebook_ from the Main "
@@ -4952,13 +5007,13 @@ msgstr ""
"préférences Facebook."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2505
+#: user-manual.txt:2534
#, no-wrap
msgid "Export dive information to other destinations or formats"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2510
+#: user-manual.txt:2539
msgid ""
"For non-_Facebook exports_, the export function can be reached by selecting "
"_File -> Export_, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always "
@@ -4968,24 +5023,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2511
+#: user-manual.txt:2540
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Export_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Export_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2514
+#: user-manual.txt:2543
msgid "A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2516
+#: user-manual.txt:2545
msgid ""
"_Subsurface XML_ format. This is the native format used by _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2520
+#: user-manual.txt:2549
msgid ""
"Universal Dive Data Format (_UDDF_). Refer to _http://uddf.org_ for more "
"information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many "
@@ -4993,7 +5048,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2524
+#: user-manual.txt:2553
msgid ""
"_Divelogs.de_, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to "
"_Divelogs.de_, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for _Divelogs.de_. "
@@ -5002,7 +5057,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2528
+#: user-manual.txt:2557
msgid ""
"_DiveShare_ is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the "
"recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID, "
@@ -5010,7 +5065,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2533
+#: user-manual.txt:2562
msgid ""
"_CSV dive details_, that includes the most critical information of the dive "
"profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, "
@@ -5019,7 +5074,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2536
+#: user-manual.txt:2565
msgid ""
"_CSV dive profile_, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, "
"including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each "
@@ -5027,7 +5082,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2549
+#: user-manual.txt:2578
msgid ""
"_HTML_ format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with "
"an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript "
@@ -5044,7 +5099,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2554
+#: user-manual.txt:2583
msgid ""
"_Worldmap_ format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and "
"some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one "
@@ -5053,13 +5108,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2555
+#: user-manual.txt:2584
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/mapview_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/mapview_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2562
+#: user-manual.txt:2591
msgid ""
"_Image depths_, which creates a text file that contains the file names of "
"all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the _Dive "
@@ -5068,12 +5123,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2564
+#: user-manual.txt:2593
msgid "_General Settings_, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2572
+#: user-manual.txt:2601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the\n"
@@ -5086,27 +5141,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2575
+#: user-manual.txt:2604
msgid ""
"Under _Style Options_ some style-related options are available like font "
"size and theme."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2578
+#: user-manual.txt:2607
msgid ""
"Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for "
"instance _www.divelogs.de_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2580
+#: user-manual.txt:2609
#, no-wrap
msgid "Keeping a _Subsurface_ dive log in the Cloud"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2591
+#: user-manual.txt:2620
msgid ""
"For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a "
"record of diving activities for one's own pleasure, but it is important "
@@ -5121,23 +5176,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2597
+#: user-manual.txt:2626
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage "
-"backend that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a "
+"back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a "
"dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the "
"local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as "
"a user on the cloud. To use _Subsurface cloud storage_ , follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2598
+#: user-manual.txt:2627
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create a cloud storage account"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2615
+#: user-manual.txt:2644
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Open the *Network Preferences* by selecting _File_ -> _Preferences_ -> _Network_.\n"
@@ -5158,13 +5213,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2616
+#: user-manual.txt:2645
#, no-wrap
msgid "Using _Subsurface cloud storage_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2626
+#: user-manual.txt:2655
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the\n"
@@ -5178,7 +5233,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2631
+#: user-manual.txt:2660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Subsurface_ keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully\n"
@@ -5188,13 +5243,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2633
+#: user-manual.txt:2662
#, no-wrap
msgid "Web access to _Subsurface cloud storage_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2643
+#: user-manual.txt:2672
msgid ""
"One of the nice side benefits of using _Subsurface cloud storage_ is that "
"one can also access one's dive data from any web browser. Simply open "
@@ -5208,13 +5263,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2644
+#: user-manual.txt:2673
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other cloud services"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2654
+#: user-manual.txt:2683
msgid ""
"If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and "
"don't need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the "
@@ -5225,13 +5280,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2655
+#: user-manual.txt:2684
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Cloud.jpg"
msgstr "images/Cloud.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2664
+#: user-manual.txt:2693
msgid ""
"The _Dropbox_ program creates a copy of the _Dropbox_ Internet Cloud content "
"on one's desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, "
@@ -5244,7 +5299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2671
+#: user-manual.txt:2700
msgid ""
"In this way a dive log in one's _Dropbox_ folder can be accessed seamlessly "
"from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet access. "
@@ -5254,7 +5309,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2677
+#: user-manual.txt:2706
msgid ""
"Alternatively one can use _Dropbox_ as a mechanism to backup one's dive log. "
"To Store a dive log on _Dropbox_, select _File -> Save as_ from the "
@@ -5265,20 +5320,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2680
+#: user-manual.txt:2709
msgid ""
"Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the "
"same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2683
+#: user-manual.txt:2712
#, no-wrap
msgid "Printing a dive log"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2687
+#: user-manual.txt:2716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.\n"
@@ -5286,12 +5341,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2689
+#: user-manual.txt:2718
msgid "Before printing, two decisions are required:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2692
+#: user-manual.txt:2721
msgid ""
"Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the "
"dive log is required, then select the required dives from the *Dive List* "
@@ -5299,7 +5354,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2694
+#: user-manual.txt:2723
msgid ""
"If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information "
"should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to "
@@ -5307,7 +5362,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2697
+#: user-manual.txt:2726
msgid ""
"If _File -> Print_ is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below "
"(image *A*) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired "
@@ -5315,35 +5370,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2698 user-manual.txt:4113
+#: user-manual.txt:2727 user-manual.txt:4154
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print1_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Print1_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2701
+#: user-manual.txt:2730
msgid "Under _Print type_ select one of two options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2703
+#: user-manual.txt:2732
msgid ""
"_Dive list print_: Print dives from the *Dive List* panel with profiles and "
"other information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2704
+#: user-manual.txt:2733
msgid "_Statistics print_: Print yearly statistics of the dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2706
+#: user-manual.txt:2735
msgid "Under _Print options_ select:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2711
+#: user-manual.txt:2740
msgid ""
"Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the "
"print dialogue by checking the box _Print only selected dives_. If this "
@@ -5351,85 +5406,73 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2713
+#: user-manual.txt:2742
msgid ""
"Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with _Print in colour_. If "
"this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2716
+#: user-manual.txt:2745
msgid ""
"Under _Template_ select a template to be used as the page layout. There are "
"several templates (see image *B*, above)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2718
+#: user-manual.txt:2747
msgid "_Table_: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2719
+#: user-manual.txt:2748
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2722
+#: user-manual.txt:2751
msgid ""
"_Flow layout_: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the "
"dive profiles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2723
+#: user-manual.txt:2752
msgid "of each dive (see below):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2724
+#: user-manual.txt:2753
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2727
+#: user-manual.txt:2756
msgid ""
"_One Dive_: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see "
"below)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2728
+#: user-manual.txt:2757
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/print2_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/print2_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2732
+#: user-manual.txt:2761
msgid "_Two Dives_: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2733
+#: user-manual.txt:2762
msgid "_Six Dives_: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2734
-msgid ""
-"_Custom_: This option allows customisation of the print contents and layout. "
-"This is"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2735
-msgid "discussed at the end of this section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2739
+#: user-manual.txt:2766
msgid ""
"Users can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on "
"the dialogue (see image *A* at the start of this section). After preview, "
@@ -5438,7 +5481,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2743
+#: user-manual.txt:2770
msgid ""
"Next, select the _Print_ button (see image *A* at the start of this "
"section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user "
@@ -5447,13 +5490,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2744
+#: user-manual.txt:2771
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Print_print_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Print_print_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2749
+#: user-manual.txt:2776
msgid ""
"Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing "
"the printer _Properties_. Finally, select the _Print_ button to print the "
@@ -5462,19 +5505,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2750
+#: user-manual.txt:2777
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Printpreview.jpg"
msgstr "images/Printpreview.jpg"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2752
+#: user-manual.txt:2779
#, no-wrap
-msgid "Write a custom printing template (advanced)"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Writing a custom print template (advanced)"
+msgstr "Créer un modèle d'impression personnalisé (avancé)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2756
+#: user-manual.txt:2783
msgid ""
"Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized "
"printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create "
@@ -5485,13 +5528,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2758
+#: user-manual.txt:2785
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configuring a dive computer"
msgstr "Configurer un ordinateur de plongée"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2766
+#: user-manual.txt:2793
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ enables one to configure a dive computer. Currently the "
"Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, "
@@ -5515,13 +5558,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ANNEXE A>> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de procéder."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2771
+#: user-manual.txt:2798
msgid ""
"Once the dive computer is connected to the _Subsurface_ computer, select "
"_File -> Configure dive computer_ from the _Main Menu_. Provide the "
"appropriate device name in the text box at the top of the configuration "
"panel and select the appropriate dive computer model from the panel on the "
-"lefthand (see image below)."
+"left-hand (see image below)."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que l'ordinateur de plongée est connecté à _Subsurface_, "
"sélectionner _Fichier -> Configurer l'ordinateur de plongée_, à partir du "
@@ -5530,13 +5573,13 @@ msgstr ""
"plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l'image ci-dessous)."
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2772
+#: user-manual.txt:2799
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2775
+#: user-manual.txt:2802
msgid ""
"Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following "
"actions can be performed:"
@@ -5545,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suivantes peuvent être réalisées :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2778
+#: user-manual.txt:2805
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Retrieve available details*. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer\n"
@@ -5555,7 +5598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dans _Subsurface_, en l'affichant dans le panneau de configuration.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2780
+#: user-manual.txt:2807
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Save changes to device*. This changes the configuration of the\n"
@@ -5565,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2782
+#: user-manual.txt:2809
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Backup*. This saves the configuration data to a file. _Subsurface_ asks for\n"
@@ -5575,7 +5618,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2784
+#: user-manual.txt:2811
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Restore backup*. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it\n"
@@ -5585,7 +5628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dans le panneau de configuration.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2786
+#: user-manual.txt:2813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Update firmware*. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is\n"
@@ -5595,42 +5638,43 @@ msgstr ""
"il sera chargé dans l'ordinateur de plongée.\n"
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2789
+#: user-manual.txt:2816
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2797
+#: user-manual.txt:2826
msgid ""
-"There are several settings within _Subsurface_ that the user can specify. "
-"These are found when selecting _File -> Preferences_. The settings are "
-"performed in five groups: *Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and "
-"*Network*. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must "
+"There are several user-definable settings within _Subsurface_, found by "
+"selecting _File -> Preferences_. The settings are performed in seven groups: "
+"*Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and *Network*, *Facebook* and "
+"*Georeference*, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must "
"specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved "
"using the *Apply* button. After applying all the new settings users can then "
-"leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*."
+"leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*. If *Discard* is selected, "
+"changes to the preferences are not saved."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2798
+#: user-manual.txt:2827
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defaults"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2801
+#: user-manual.txt:2830
msgid "There are several settings in the *Defaults* panel:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2802
+#: user-manual.txt:2831
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Pref1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2806
+#: user-manual.txt:2835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** *Lists and tables*: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the\n"
@@ -5638,7 +5682,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2811
+#: user-manual.txt:2840
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** *Dives*: For the _Default Dive File_ one needs to specify the directory and\n"
@@ -5648,13 +5692,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2812
+#: user-manual.txt:2841
#, no-wrap
msgid "_No default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ does not automatically load a dive log at startup.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2814
+#: user-manual.txt:2843
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Local default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk\n"
@@ -5662,7 +5706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2816
+#: user-manual.txt:2845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_Cloud storage default file_: When checked, _Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud\n"
@@ -5670,40 +5714,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2818
+#: user-manual.txt:2847
#, no-wrap
msgid "** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2821
+#: user-manual.txt:2850
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"dives that he/she don't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to\n"
+"dives that he/she doesn't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to\n"
"keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in\n"
"the dive list.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2823
+#: user-manual.txt:2852
#, no-wrap
msgid "** *Default cylinder*: Specify the default cylinder listed in\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2824
+#: user-manual.txt:2853
#, no-wrap
msgid "the *Equipment* tab of the *Notes* panel.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2826
+#: user-manual.txt:2855
#, no-wrap
msgid "** *Animations*: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2832
+#: user-manual.txt:2861
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to\n"
@@ -5715,42 +5759,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2834
+#: user-manual.txt:2863
#, no-wrap
msgid "** *Clear all settings*: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2835
+#: user-manual.txt:2864
#, no-wrap
msgid "cleared and set to default values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2836
+#: user-manual.txt:2865
#, no-wrap
msgid "Units"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2837
+#: user-manual.txt:2866
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Pref2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2844
+#: user-manual.txt:2873
msgid ""
-"Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, "
+"Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, "
"volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio "
-"button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen "
+"button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen "
"measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the *Personalise* radio "
"button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric "
"system and others in imperial."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2850
+#: user-manual.txt:2879
msgid ""
"Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in "
"seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be "
@@ -5759,55 +5803,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2851
+#: user-manual.txt:2880
#, no-wrap
msgid "Graph"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2853
+#: user-manual.txt:2882
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref3_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Pref3_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2857
+#: user-manual.txt:2886
msgid "This panel allows two type of selections:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2877
+#: user-manual.txt:2906
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Show*: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of\n"
"the dive profile:\n"
"** Thresholds: _Subsurface_ can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during\n"
-" the dive. enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile*\n"
+" the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile*\n"
" panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the\n"
" Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is\n"
-" highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial presure threshold has been exceeded.\n"
-"** _Max pO~2~ whn displaying MOD_ is the value used to calculate the maximum operative depth (MOD)\n"
+" highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.\n"
+"** _Max pO~2~ is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)\n"
" for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.\n"
"** _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red_: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default\n"
" the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.\n"
" Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ\n"
-" from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_. This is because of the different algorithms and\n"
-" gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a\n"
+" from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_ because of the different algorithms and\n"
+" gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a\n"
" dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.\n"
-"** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.\n"
+"** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.\n"
"** _Show average depth_: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile* panel contains a grey line that indicates\n"
-" the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest average depth just before the\n"
+" the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the\n"
" ascent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2879
+#: user-manual.txt:2908
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Misc*:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2892
+#: user-manual.txt:2921
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the _gradient factors_ used while diving. GF_Low is\n"
@@ -5824,19 +5868,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2894
+#: user-manual.txt:2923
#, no-wrap
msgid " *** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]\n"
msgstr " *** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2896
+#: user-manual.txt:2925
#, no-wrap
msgid " *** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]\n"
msgstr " *** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2900
+#: user-manual.txt:2929
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** _CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:_ With this checkbox ativated, the pO~2~\n"
@@ -5845,7 +5889,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2904
+#: user-manual.txt:2933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" ** _CCR: Show individual O~2~ sensor values when viewing pO~2~:_ Show the pO~2~\n"
@@ -5854,19 +5898,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2906
+#: user-manual.txt:2935
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2908
+#: user-manual.txt:2937
#, no-wrap
msgid "** _Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:_ Specify the O~2~ setpoint for a\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2911
+#: user-manual.txt:2940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"CCR dive plan. This determines the pO~2~ maintained\n"
@@ -5875,13 +5919,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2913
+#: user-manual.txt:2942
#, no-wrap
msgid "** _pSCR O~2~ metabolism rate:_ For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2915
+#: user-manual.txt:2944
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning\n"
@@ -5889,13 +5933,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2917
+#: user-manual.txt:2946
#, no-wrap
msgid "** _pSCR ratio:_ For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2919
+#: user-manual.txt:2948
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a\n"
@@ -5903,66 +5947,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2921
+#: user-manual.txt:2950
#, no-wrap
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2923
+#: user-manual.txt:2952
msgid "Choose a language that _Subsurface_ will use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2924
+#: user-manual.txt:2953
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref4_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Pref4_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2934
+#: user-manual.txt:2963
msgid ""
"A checkbox allows one to use the _System Default_ language which in most "
"cases will be the correct setting; with this _Subsurface_ simply runs in the "
-"same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some "
-"reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / "
-"country combination from the list of included localizations. The _Filter_ "
-"text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are "
-"several system variants of English or French. *This particular preference "
-"requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect*."
+"same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this "
+"is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a "
+"language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The "
+"_Filter_ text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there "
+"are several system variants of English or French. *This particular "
+"preference requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2935
+#: user-manual.txt:2964
#, no-wrap
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2942
+#: user-manual.txt:2970
msgid ""
"This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources "
"on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs "
-"to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage, the "
-"<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>> or data export/import from "
-"_Divelogs.de_. These Internet requirements are determined by one's type of "
-"connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used. "
-"One's ISP should provide the appropriate information."
+"to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the "
+"<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>>. These Internet requirements are "
+"determined by one's type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet "
+"Service Provider (ISP) used. One's ISP should provide the appropriate "
+"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2943
+#: user-manual.txt:2971
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref5_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Pref5_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2946
+#: user-manual.txt:2974
msgid "This dialogue has three sections:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2954
+#: user-manual.txt:2982
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Proxy type_:\n"
@@ -5975,41 +6019,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2959
+#: user-manual.txt:2987
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"** _Subsurface cloud storage_: In order to store one's dive log in the cloud, a valid email address\n"
+"** _Subsurface cloud storage_: To store one's dive log in the cloud, a valid email address\n"
" and password are required. This allows _Subsurface_ to email security information\n"
" regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.\n"
" Two additional options are given:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2960
+#: user-manual.txt:2988
#, no-wrap
msgid "_Sync to cloud in the background_: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2961
+#: user-manual.txt:2989
#, no-wrap
-msgid "while the user performs other tasks inside _Subsurface_.\n"
+msgid "while the user performs other tasks within _Subsurface_.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2962
+#: user-manual.txt:2990
#, no-wrap
msgid "_Save password locally_: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2963
+#: user-manual.txt:2991
#, no-wrap
msgid "information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2968
+#: user-manual.txt:2996
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** _Subsurface web service_: When one subscribes to the <<S_Companion,Subsurface web service>>, a very\n"
@@ -6019,13 +6063,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2971
+#: user-manual.txt:2999
#, no-wrap
msgid "Facebook Accesss"
msgstr "Accès Facebook"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2974
+#: user-manual.txt:3002
msgid ""
"This panel allows one to log into a Facebook account in order to transfer "
"information from Subsurface to Facefook."
@@ -6034,17 +6078,17 @@ msgstr ""
"transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook."
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:2975
+#: user-manual.txt:3003
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Pref6_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Pref6_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2983
+#: user-manual.txt:3011
msgid ""
"If one provides a valid Facebook userID and password, a connection to "
"Facebook is created. The connection to Facebook is closed when one closes "
-"down Subsurface. At this point the checkbox labelled \"Keep connection to "
+"down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled \"Keep me logged in to "
"Subsurface\", on the login screen has no effect. See the section xref:"
"S_facebook[Exporting dive profiles to Facebook] for more information."
msgstr ""
@@ -6056,26 +6100,38 @@ msgstr ""
"vers Facebook] pour plus d'informations."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:2984
+#: user-manual.txt:3012
#, no-wrap
msgid "Georeference"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2988
+#: user-manual.txt:3020
msgid ""
-"_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, an ability to look up "
-"the geographic coordinates of a place name)."
+"_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates "
+"of a dive site (derived from a click on the *Dive Map panel* at the bottom "
+"right of the _Subsurface_ window, or from a GPS instrument or from the "
+"_Subsurface_ Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find "
+"the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works "
+"if _Subsurface_ has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site "
+"name can be configured, e.g. _Country/State/City_ or _City/State/Country_ "
+"(see image below)."
msgstr ""
+#. type: Target for macro image
+#: user-manual.txt:3021
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "images/Pref7_f20.jpg"
+msgstr "images/Pref7_f20.jpg"
+
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:2990
+#: user-manual.txt:3024
#, no-wrap
msgid "The _Subsurface_ dive planner"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:2995
+#: user-manual.txt:3029
msgid ""
"Dive planning is an advanced feature of _Subsurface_, accessible by "
"selecting _Log -> Plan Dive_ from the main menu. It allows calculation of "
@@ -6084,7 +6140,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3003
+#: user-manual.txt:3037
msgid ""
"The _Subsurface_ dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user "
"is already familiar with the _Subsurface_ user interface. It is explicitly "
@@ -6092,19 +6148,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3006
+#: user-manual.txt:3040
msgid ""
"The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to "
"perform dive planning."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3007
+#: user-manual.txt:3041
msgid "The user plans dives within his/her certification limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3010
+#: user-manual.txt:3044
msgid ""
"Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the "
"_average person_ and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health "
@@ -6112,32 +6168,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3011
+#: user-manual.txt:3045
msgid ""
"The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is "
"used."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3012
+#: user-manual.txt:3046
msgid "The user is familiar with the user interface of _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block *
-#: user-manual.txt:3014
+#: user-manual.txt:3048
msgid ""
"A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should "
"not use this feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3016
+#: user-manual.txt:3050
#, no-wrap
msgid "The _Subsurface_ dive planner screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3021
+#: user-manual.txt:3055
msgid ""
"Like the _Subsurface_ dive log, the planner screen is divided into several "
"sections (see image below). The *setup* parameters for a dive are entered "
@@ -6147,7 +6203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3025
+#: user-manual.txt:3059
msgid ""
"At the top right hand is a green *design panel* upon which the profile of "
"the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained "
@@ -6156,7 +6212,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3029
+#: user-manual.txt:3063
msgid ""
"At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of _Dive Plan Details_. "
"This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way that can "
@@ -6165,26 +6221,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:3030
+#: user-manual.txt:3064
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3033
+#: user-manual.txt:3067
#, no-wrap
msgid "Open circuit dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3036
+#: user-manual.txt:3070
msgid ""
"Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image "
"above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3039
+#: user-manual.txt:3073
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Open Circuit (the default)\n"
@@ -6193,12 +6249,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3041
+#: user-manual.txt:3075
msgid "Choose the Open Circuit option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3045
+#: user-manual.txt:3079
msgid ""
"In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant "
"dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the "
@@ -6208,7 +6264,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3054
+#: user-manual.txt:3088
msgid ""
"In the table labelled _Available Gases_, add the information of the "
"cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. "
@@ -6218,16 +6274,16 @@ msgid ""
"this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty, the "
"cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium "
"concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional "
-"cylinders by using the \"+\" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue."
+"cylinders by using the \"+\" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3056
+#: user-manual.txt:3090
msgid "The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3061
+#: user-manual.txt:3095
msgid ""
"Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in "
"a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by double-"
@@ -6237,7 +6293,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3069
+#: user-manual.txt:3103
msgid ""
"The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate "
"values into the table marked _Dive planner points_. The first line of the "
@@ -6251,53 +6307,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:3070
+#: user-manual.txt:3104
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recreational dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3085
+#: user-manual.txt:3119
msgid ""
-"The _Subsurface_ dive planner allows a sophisticated way of planning "
-"recreational dives, i.e. dives that remain within no-decompression limits. "
-"The dive planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred "
-"in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that "
-"can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for "
-"recreational dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a "
-"dive is taken into acount. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant "
-"depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a \"square\" dive profile). "
-"This means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during "
-"previous dives. The _Subsurface_ dive planner calculates nitrogen load "
-"according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a "
-"similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This "
-"mean that the diver gets 'credit' in terms of nitrogen loading for not "
-"remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning a longer "
-"subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to upload "
-"all previous dives onto _Subsurface_ before performing dive planning."
+"Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-"
+"decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can stay at "
+"the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression stops and "
+"without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner "
+"automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous "
+"dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can take "
+"into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? "
+"Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into "
+"account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth corresponding "
+"to the maximum depth (i.e. a \"square\" dive profile). This means that dive "
+"tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The "
+"_Subsurface_ dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real "
+"dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a similar way as dive "
+"computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver "
+"gets 'credit' in terms of nitrogen loading for not remaining at maximum "
+"depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a longer subsequent dive. "
+"For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to upload all previous dives "
+"onto _Subsurface_ before performing dive planning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3088
+#: user-manual.txt:3121
msgid "To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3091
+#: user-manual.txt:3124
msgid ""
"Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This "
"allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3094
+#: user-manual.txt:3127
msgid ""
"Immediately under the heading _Planning_ are two checkboxes _Recreational_ "
"and _Safety Stop_. Check these two boxes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3098
+#: user-manual.txt:3131
msgid ""
"Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the "
"starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under "
@@ -6305,7 +6363,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3103
+#: user-manual.txt:3136
msgid ""
"The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/"
"gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic, under "
@@ -6315,33 +6373,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3106
+#: user-manual.txt:3145
msgid ""
"Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the "
"bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often "
-"used."
+"used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need "
+"need to bring one's buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is "
+"used in sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard "
+"to estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of "
+"pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But _Subsurface_ "
+"can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the "
+"amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the \"deco gas“). Subsurface still "
+"uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the "
+"additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one's "
+"pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is "
+"user configurable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3113
+#: user-manual.txt:3153
msgid ""
"Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the "
"dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the "
"table under _Dive planner points_ as desribed under the previous heading. If "
"this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the "
"dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate "
-"dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_ table."
+"dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_ table. _Subsurface_ will "
+"automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration "
+"within the no-decompression limits (NDL)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3116
+#: user-manual.txt:3156
msgid ""
"The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those "
"considered safe for recreational divers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3124
+#: user-manual.txt:3164
msgid ""
"The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within no-"
"deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth "
@@ -6357,7 +6427,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3128
+#: user-manual.txt:3168
msgid ""
"Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 metres. "
"Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the dive is "
@@ -6367,26 +6437,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:3129
+#: user-manual.txt:3169
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/rec_diveplan.jpg"
msgstr "images/rec_diveplan.jpg"
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:3131
+#: user-manual.txt:3171
#, no-wrap
msgid "Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3135
+#: user-manual.txt:3175
msgid ""
"Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or "
"using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3146
+#: user-manual.txt:3186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*a) Nitrogen management*: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,\n"
@@ -6402,7 +6472,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3151
+#: user-manual.txt:3191
msgid ""
"If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified "
"on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model "
@@ -6414,12 +6484,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3153
+#: user-manual.txt:3193
msgid "For more information external to this manual see:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3155
+#: user-manual.txt:3195
msgid ""
"link:http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-"
"values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]"
@@ -6428,7 +6498,7 @@ msgstr ""
"values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3156
+#: user-manual.txt:3196
msgid ""
"link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-"
"articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for "
@@ -6439,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dummies, by Kevin Watts]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3158
+#: user-manual.txt:3198
msgid ""
"link:http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/"
"dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco"
@@ -6454,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"traite à la fois des modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3166
+#: user-manual.txt:3206
msgid ""
"The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive "
"and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) "
@@ -6468,7 +6538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3175
+#: user-manual.txt:3215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*b) Oxygen management*: In the *Gas Options* part of the dive specification, the maximum partial\n"
@@ -6482,7 +6552,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3189
+#: user-manual.txt:3229
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*c) Gas management*: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive\n"
@@ -6501,7 +6571,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3201
+#: user-manual.txt:3241
msgid ""
"Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. "
"_Subsurface_ offers a unique graphical interface for performing this part of "
@@ -6519,7 +6589,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3213
+#: user-manual.txt:3253
msgid ""
"Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a _Dive Planner Point_ in the "
"table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the _Used Gas_ "
@@ -6537,7 +6607,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3221
+#: user-manual.txt:3261
msgid ""
"Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as "
"explained in the section <<S_CreateProfile,hand-creating a dive profile>>. "
@@ -6549,7 +6619,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3230
+#: user-manual.txt:3270
msgid ""
"A non-zero value in the \"CC set point\" column of the table of dive planner "
"points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the "
@@ -6562,20 +6632,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3233
+#: user-manual.txt:3273
msgid ""
"Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent "
"using EAN50 and using the settings as described above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:3234
+#: user-manual.txt:3274
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3239
+#: user-manual.txt:3279
msgid ""
"Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the _Save_ "
"button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will "
@@ -6583,26 +6653,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3241
+#: user-manual.txt:3281
#, no-wrap
msgid "*The dive plan details*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3249
+#: user-manual.txt:3289
msgid ""
"On the bottom right of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_, the "
"exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified "
"by checking any of the options under the _Notes_ section of the dive "
"planner, immediately to the left of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim "
-"diveplan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive "
+"dive plan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive "
"plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded "
"during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan "
"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3254
+#: user-manual.txt:3294
msgid ""
"If the option _Display segment duration_ is checked, then the duration of "
"each depth level is indicated in the _Dive Plan Details_. This duration "
@@ -6612,13 +6682,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3255
+#: user-manual.txt:3295
#, no-wrap
msgid "Planning pSCR dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3270
+#: user-manual.txt:3310
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select _pSCR_ rather than\n"
@@ -6630,33 +6700,33 @@ msgid ""
"pO~2~ drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the _Dive plan\n"
"details_. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out\n"
"cylinders. Therefore the setup of the _Available gases_ and the _Dive planner points_ tables\n"
-"are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints\n"
+"are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints\n"
"are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable\n"
-"to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen\n"
+"to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen\n"
"in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:3271
+#: user-manual.txt:3311
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3274
+#: user-manual.txt:3314
#, no-wrap
msgid "Planning CCR dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3278
+#: user-manual.txt:3318
msgid ""
"To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the _CCR_ option in "
"the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3282
+#: user-manual.txt:3322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Available gases*: In the _Available gases_ table, enter the cylinder information for the\n"
@@ -6665,45 +6735,47 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3290
+#: user-manual.txt:3332
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table\n"
+"*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from\n"
+"the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table\n"
"use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments\n"
"in the _Dive planner points_ table. A zero setpoint\n"
"means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated\n"
"using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a\n"
"CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression\n"
-"algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.\n"
+"algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,\n"
+"of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3292
+#: user-manual.txt:3334
msgid ""
"The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:3293
+#: user-manual.txt:3335
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg"
msgstr "images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3297
+#: user-manual.txt:3339
msgid ""
"Note that, in the _Dive plan details_, the gas consumption for a CCR segment "
"is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3299
+#: user-manual.txt:3341
#, no-wrap
msgid "Modifying an existing dive plan"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3306
+#: user-manual.txt:3348
msgid ""
"Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the *Dive "
"List*, like any other dive log. Within the *Dive List* there is not a way to "
@@ -6714,7 +6786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3312
+#: user-manual.txt:3354
msgid ""
"In addition there is the option \"Save new\". This keeps the original "
"planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that "
@@ -6724,13 +6796,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3313
+#: user-manual.txt:3355
#, no-wrap
msgid "Planning for repetitive dives"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3320
+#: user-manual.txt:3362
msgid ""
"Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the "
"repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand _Start "
@@ -6739,7 +6811,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3326
+#: user-manual.txt:3368
msgid ""
"If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, "
"then highlight, in the *Dive List*, the dive that has just been completed "
@@ -6749,7 +6821,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3331
+#: user-manual.txt:3373
msgid ""
"If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a "
"template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one "
@@ -6759,13 +6831,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3332
+#: user-manual.txt:3374
#, no-wrap
msgid "Printing the dive plan"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3337
+#: user-manual.txt:3379
msgid ""
"Selecting the _Print_ button in the planner allows printing of the _Dive "
"Plan Details_ for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the _Dive "
@@ -6773,7 +6845,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3347
+#: user-manual.txt:3389
msgid ""
"Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, "
"dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and "
@@ -6789,13 +6861,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:3348
+#: user-manual.txt:3390
#, no-wrap
msgid "Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items"
msgstr "Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3353
+#: user-manual.txt:3395
msgid ""
"This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main "
"Menu of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this "
@@ -6806,13 +6878,13 @@ msgstr ""
"des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3354
+#: user-manual.txt:3396
#, no-wrap
msgid "File"
msgstr "Fichier"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3357
+#: user-manual.txt:3399
msgid ""
"<<S_NewLogbook,_New Logbook_>> - Close the currently open dive logbook and "
"clear all dive information."
@@ -6821,7 +6893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3359
+#: user-manual.txt:3401
msgid ""
"_Open logbook_ - This opens the file manager in order to select a dive "
"logbook to open."
@@ -6830,38 +6902,38 @@ msgstr ""
"carnet de plongée à ouvrir."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3360
+#: user-manual.txt:3402
msgid ""
"_Open cloud storage_ - Open the dive log previously saved in "
"<<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3361
+#: user-manual.txt:3403
msgid "_Save_ - Save the dive logbook that is currently open."
msgstr ""
"_Sauvegarder_ - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement ouvert."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3362
+#: user-manual.txt:3404
msgid ""
"_Save to cloud storage_ - Save the current dive log to <<S_Cloud_storage,"
"_Cloud storage_>>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3363
+#: user-manual.txt:3405
msgid "_Save as_ - Save the current logbook under a different file name."
msgstr ""
"_Enregsitrer sous_ - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3364
+#: user-manual.txt:3406
msgid "_Close_ - Close the dive logbook that is currently open."
msgstr "_Fermer_ - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3366
+#: user-manual.txt:3408
msgid ""
"<<S_ExportLog,_Export_>> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or the "
"selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats."
@@ -6871,34 +6943,34 @@ msgstr ""
"formats."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3367
+#: user-manual.txt:3409
msgid "<<S_PrintDivelog,_Print_>> - Print the currently open logbook."
msgstr ""
"<<S_PrintDivelog,_Imprimer_>> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement "
"ouvert."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3368
+#: user-manual.txt:3410
msgid "<<S_Preferences,_Preferences_>> - Set the _Subsurface_ preferences."
msgstr ""
"<<S_Preferences,_Préférences_>> - Définir les préférences de _Subsurface_."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3369
+#: user-manual.txt:3411
msgid ""
"<<S_FindMovedImages, _Find moved images_>> - If photos taken during dives "
"have been moved to"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3370
+#: user-manual.txt:3412
msgid ""
"a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate "
"dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3371
+#: user-manual.txt:3413
msgid ""
"<<S_Configure,_Configure dive computer_>> - Edit the configuration of a dive "
"computer."
@@ -6907,18 +6979,18 @@ msgstr ""
"configuration d'un ordinateur de plongée."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3372
+#: user-manual.txt:3414
msgid "_Quit_ - Quit _Subsurface_."
msgstr "_Quitter_ - Quitter _Subsurface_."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3373
+#: user-manual.txt:3415
#, no-wrap
msgid "Import"
msgstr "Importer"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3376
+#: user-manual.txt:3418
msgid ""
"<<S_ImportDiveComputer,_Import from dive computer_>> - Import dive "
"information from a dive computer."
@@ -6927,7 +6999,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l'ordinateur de plongée."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3378
+#: user-manual.txt:3420
msgid ""
"<<Unified_import,_Import Log Files_>> - Import dive information from a file "
"in in a _Subsurface_-compatible format."
@@ -6937,7 +7009,7 @@ msgstr ""
"_Subsurface_."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3380
+#: user-manual.txt:3422
msgid ""
"<<S_Companion,_Import GPS data from Subsurface web service_>> - Load GPS "
"coordinates from the _Subsurface_ mobile phone app."
@@ -6947,7 +7019,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(téléphones et tablettes)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3382
+#: user-manual.txt:3424
msgid ""
"<<S_ImportingDivelogsDe,_Import from Divelogs.de_>> - Import dive "
"information from _www.Divelogs.de_."
@@ -6956,13 +7028,13 @@ msgstr ""
"informations de plongées à partir de _www.Divelogs.de_."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3383
+#: user-manual.txt:3425
#, no-wrap
msgid "Log"
msgstr "Journal (log)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3385
+#: user-manual.txt:3427
msgid ""
"<<S_EnterData,_Add Dive_>> - Manually add a new dive to the *Dive List* "
"panel."
@@ -6971,14 +7043,14 @@ msgstr ""
"plongée au panneau de la *liste des plongées*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3386
+#: user-manual.txt:3428
msgid ""
"_Edit dive_ - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not "
"from a dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3387
+#: user-manual.txt:3429
msgid ""
"<<S_DivePlanner,_Plan Dive_>> - This feature allows the planning of dives."
msgstr ""
@@ -6986,7 +7058,7 @@ msgstr ""
"planifier des plongées."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3388
+#: user-manual.txt:3430
msgid ""
"<<S_Replan,_Edit dive in planner_>> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved "
"into the *Dive List*."
@@ -6995,7 +7067,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la *liste des plongées*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3390
+#: user-manual.txt:3432
msgid ""
"<<S_CopyComponents,_Copy dive components_>> - By selecting this option, one "
"can copy information from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard."
@@ -7005,7 +7077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"champs d'un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3392
+#: user-manual.txt:3434
msgid ""
"_Paste dive components_ - Paste, into the selected dives in the *Dive List*, "
"the information copied using the _Copy dive components_ option."
@@ -7015,7 +7087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"préalable avec l'option _Copier les composants de la plongée_."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3394
+#: user-manual.txt:3436
msgid ""
"<<S_Renumber,_Renumber_>> - Renumber the dives listed in the *Dive List* "
"panel."
@@ -7024,7 +7096,7 @@ msgstr ""
"le panneau de la *liste des plongées*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3396
+#: user-manual.txt:3438
msgid ""
"<<S_Group,_Auto Group_>> - Group the dives in the *Dive List* panel into "
"dive trips."
@@ -7033,7 +7105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"*liste des plongées* dans des voyages de plongées."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3397
+#: user-manual.txt:3439
msgid ""
"<<S_DeviceNames,_Edit Device Names_>> - Edit the names of dive computers to "
"facilitate your logs."
@@ -7042,7 +7114,7 @@ msgstr ""
"les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3398
+#: user-manual.txt:3440
msgid ""
"<<S_Filter,_Filter divelist_>> - Select only some dives, based on specific "
"tags or dive criteria."
@@ -7051,13 +7123,13 @@ msgstr ""
"certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3399
+#: user-manual.txt:3441
#, no-wrap
msgid "View"
msgstr "Vue"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3402
+#: user-manual.txt:3444
msgid ""
"<<S_ViewPanels,_All_>> - View the four main _Subsurface_ panels "
"simmultaneously."
@@ -7066,33 +7138,33 @@ msgstr ""
"_Subsurface_ simultanément."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3403
+#: user-manual.txt:3445
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Dive List_>> - View only the *Dive List* panel."
msgstr ""
"<<S_ViewPanels,_Liste des plongées_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la "
"*liste des plongées*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3404
+#: user-manual.txt:3446
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Profile_>> - View only the *Dive Profile* panel."
msgstr ""
"<<S_ViewPanels,_Profil_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du *profil de la "
"plongée*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3405
+#: user-manual.txt:3447
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - View only the *Notes* panel."
msgstr "<<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des *notes*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3406
+#: user-manual.txt:3448
msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - View only the *World Map* panel."
msgstr ""
"<<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la *carte "
"mondiale*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3408
+#: user-manual.txt:3450
msgid ""
"_Yearly Statistics_ - Display summary statistics about dives during this and "
"past years."
@@ -7101,35 +7173,35 @@ msgstr ""
"plongées effectuées."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3409
+#: user-manual.txt:3451
msgid ""
"_Prev DC_ - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer, "
"switch to data from"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3410
+#: user-manual.txt:3452
msgid "previous dive computer."
msgstr "ordinateur de plongée précédent."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3411
+#: user-manual.txt:3453
msgid "_Next DC_ - Switch to next dive computer."
msgstr "_Ordinateur suivant_ - Passer à l'ordinateur de plongée suivant."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3412
+#: user-manual.txt:3454
msgid "_Full Screen_ - Toggles Full Screen mode."
msgstr "_Plein écran_ - Passer en mode plein écran."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3413
+#: user-manual.txt:3455
#, no-wrap
msgid "Share on"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3415
+#: user-manual.txt:3457
msgid ""
"<<S_Facebook,_Facebook_>> - Share the currently selected dive on your "
"Facebook timeline."
@@ -7138,13 +7210,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Facebook."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3417
+#: user-manual.txt:3459
#, no-wrap
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Aide"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3420
+#: user-manual.txt:3462
msgid ""
"_About Subsurface_ - Show a panel with the version number of _Subsurface_ as "
"well as licensing information."
@@ -7153,7 +7225,7 @@ msgstr ""
"_Subsurface_ ainsi que les informations de licence."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3422
+#: user-manual.txt:3464
msgid ""
"_Check for updates_ - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is "
"available on the http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site]."
@@ -7163,7 +7235,7 @@ msgstr ""
"_Subsurface_ ]."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3424
+#: user-manual.txt:3466
msgid ""
"<<S_UserSurvey,_User survey_>> - Help to make _Subsurface_ even better by "
"taking part in our user survey or by completing another survey if your "
@@ -7174,31 +7246,31 @@ msgstr ""
"sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3425
+#: user-manual.txt:3467
msgid "_User manual_ - Open a window showing this user manual."
msgstr ""
"_Manuel utilisateur_ - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur."
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:3429
+#: user-manual.txt:3470
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer."
msgstr "ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d'exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3431
+#: user-manual.txt:3472
#, no-wrap
msgid "Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed"
msgstr "Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés"
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3432
+#: user-manual.txt:3473
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/drivers.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/drivers.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3437
+#: user-manual.txt:3478
msgid ""
"The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers "
"in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive "
@@ -7209,7 +7281,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3443
+#: user-manual.txt:3484
msgid ""
"On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most "
"distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load "
@@ -7223,7 +7295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l'infra-rouge."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3447
+#: user-manual.txt:3488
msgid ""
"On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user "
"connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the "
@@ -7234,7 +7306,7 @@ msgstr ""
"port USB de son ordinateur de bureau."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3454
+#: user-manual.txt:3495
msgid ""
"On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For "
"example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive "
@@ -7252,19 +7324,19 @@ msgstr ""
"documents et logiciels Silicon Labs]."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3456
+#: user-manual.txt:3497
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission"
msgstr "Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture"
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3457
+#: user-manual.txt:3498
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/usb.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/usb.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3465
+#: user-manual.txt:3506
msgid ""
"When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually "
"_Subsurface_ will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct "
@@ -7281,7 +7353,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nom de votre périphérique ;"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3470
+#: user-manual.txt:3511
msgid ""
"Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected "
"COM devices."
@@ -7290,56 +7362,56 @@ msgstr ""
"tous les périphériques COM connectés."
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:3471 user-manual.txt:3565
+#: user-manual.txt:3512 user-manual.txt:3606
#, no-wrap
msgid "On MacOS:"
msgstr "Sur MacOS :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3474
+#: user-manual.txt:3515
msgid "The drop down box should find all connected dive computers."
msgstr ""
"La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée "
"connectés."
#. type: Block title
-#: user-manual.txt:3475
+#: user-manual.txt:3516
#, no-wrap
msgid "On Linux:"
msgstr "Sur Linux :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3478
+#: user-manual.txt:3519
msgid "There is a definitive way to find the port:"
msgstr "Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3480
+#: user-manual.txt:3521
msgid "Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer"
msgstr "Déconnecter le cable USB de l'ordinateur de plongée"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3481
+#: user-manual.txt:3522
msgid "Open a terminal"
msgstr "Ouvrir un terminal"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3482 user-manual.txt:3484
+#: user-manual.txt:3523 user-manual.txt:3525
msgid "Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter"
msgstr "Taper la commande 'dmesg' et appuyer sur la touche Entrer"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3483
+#: user-manual.txt:3524
msgid "Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer"
msgstr "Connecter le cable USB de l'ordinateur de plongée"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3486
+#: user-manual.txt:3527
msgid "A message similar to this one should appear:"
msgstr "Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3502
+#: user-manual.txt:3543
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tusb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd\n"
@@ -7375,7 +7447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\tftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3507
+#: user-manual.txt:3548
msgid ""
"The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is detected "
"and connected to +ttyUSB3+. This information can now be used in the import "
@@ -7387,14 +7459,14 @@ msgstr ""
"que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3509
+#: user-manual.txt:3550
msgid "Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port:"
msgstr ""
"S'assurer que l'utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série "
"USB :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3515
+#: user-manual.txt:3556
msgid ""
"On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users "
"who are members of the +dialout+ group. If one is not root, one may not be a "
@@ -7407,7 +7479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d'utilisateur est 'johnB' :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3519
+#: user-manual.txt:3560
msgid ""
"As root, type: +usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (Ubuntu users: +sudo usermod -a "
"-G dialout johnB+) This makes johnB a member of the +dialout+ group."
@@ -7417,7 +7489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"+dialout+."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3524
+#: user-manual.txt:3565
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Type: +id johnB+ This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and\n"
@@ -7433,7 +7505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"parmi les différents IDs.\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3526
+#: user-manual.txt:3567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after\n"
@@ -7441,7 +7513,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu'après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l'ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3531
+#: user-manual.txt:3572
msgid ""
"With the appropriate device name (e.g. +dev/ttyUSB3+) and with write "
"permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one "
@@ -7452,13 +7524,13 @@ msgstr ""
"vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées."
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3534
+#: user-manual.txt:3575
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3541
+#: user-manual.txt:3582
msgid ""
"For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs "
"Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different "
@@ -7467,13 +7539,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3543
+#: user-manual.txt:3584
#, no-wrap
msgid "*For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3547
+#: user-manual.txt:3588
msgid ""
"For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer's user "
"guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select _Dive Log -> Upload "
@@ -7481,13 +7553,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3549
+#: user-manual.txt:3590
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Pair the _Subsurface_ computer with the dive computer.*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3558
+#: user-manual.txt:3599
msgid ""
"Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer "
"choose _Control Panel -> Bluetooth Devices -> Add Wireless Device_. This "
@@ -7499,21 +7571,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3561
+#: user-manual.txt:3602
msgid ""
"For downloading to _Subsurface_, the _Subsurface_ drop-down list should "
"contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3564
+#: user-manual.txt:3605
msgid ""
"Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer "
"using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3571
+#: user-manual.txt:3612
msgid ""
"Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select _Set up Bluetooth "
"Device..._. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. "
@@ -7522,20 +7594,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3574
+#: user-manual.txt:3615
msgid ""
"Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the 'Device or "
"Mount Point' drop-down in the _Subsurface_ *Import* dialog."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
-#: user-manual.txt:3575
+#: user-manual.txt:3616
#, no-wrap
msgid "On Linux"
msgstr "Sur Linux"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3583
+#: user-manual.txt:3624
msgid ""
"Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the _Subsurface_ computer. On most common "
"distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be "
@@ -7548,7 +7620,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3587
+#: user-manual.txt:3628
msgid ""
"Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled "
"device, such as the _Shearwater Petrel_, is not yet an automated process and "
@@ -7557,23 +7629,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3589
+#: user-manual.txt:3630
msgid "Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3590
+#: user-manual.txt:3631
msgid "Establish an RFCOMM connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:3591 user-manual.txt:3730
+#: user-manual.txt:3632 user-manual.txt:3771
#, no-wrap
msgid "Download the dives with Subsurface"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3597
+#: user-manual.txt:3638
msgid ""
"Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the _Shearwater Petrel_ and "
"_Petrel 2_, cycle through the menu, select 'Dive Log', then 'Upload Log'. "
@@ -7584,7 +7656,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3602
+#: user-manual.txt:3643
msgid ""
"To establish the connection, establish root access through +sudo+ or +su+. "
"The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On "
@@ -7594,23 +7666,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3604
+#: user-manual.txt:3645
msgid "+sudo usermod -a -G dialout username+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3606
+#: user-manual.txt:3647
msgid "Then log out and log in for the change to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:3607
+#: user-manual.txt:3648
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3613
+#: user-manual.txt:3654
msgid ""
"Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using "
"the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive "
@@ -7621,14 +7693,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3616
+#: user-manual.txt:3657
msgid ""
"If the graphical method didn't work, pair the device from the command line. "
"Open a terminal and use +hciconfig+ to check the Bluetooth controller status"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3623
+#: user-manual.txt:3664
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t$ hciconfig\n"
@@ -7640,7 +7712,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3628
+#: user-manual.txt:3669
msgid ""
"This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, "
"connected as hci0. Its status is 'DOWN', i.e. not powered. Additional "
@@ -7650,7 +7722,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3636
+#: user-manual.txt:3677
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)\n"
@@ -7663,25 +7735,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3638
+#: user-manual.txt:3679
msgid "Check that the status now includes +'UP', 'RUNNING' AND 'AUTH'+."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3640
+#: user-manual.txt:3681
msgid ""
"If there are multiple controllers running, it's easiest to off the unused "
"controller(s). For example, for +hci1+:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3642
+#: user-manual.txt:3683
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tsudo hciconfig hci1 down\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3645
+#: user-manual.txt:3686
msgid ""
"Next step is to 'trust' and 'pair' the dive computer. On distros with Bluez "
"5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called +blutootctl+, which will "
@@ -7689,7 +7761,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3666
+#: user-manual.txt:3707
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tbluetoothctl\n"
@@ -7715,14 +7787,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3669
+#: user-manual.txt:3710
msgid ""
"If asked for a password, enter 0000. It's ok if the last line says "
"'Connected: no'. The important part is the line above, +Pairing successful+."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3672
+#: user-manual.txt:3713
msgid ""
"If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), "
"there is probably not a +bluetoothctl+, but a script called +bluez-simple-"
@@ -7730,7 +7802,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3677
+#: user-manual.txt:3718
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\thcitool -i hci0 scanning\n"
@@ -7740,89 +7812,89 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3679
+#: user-manual.txt:3720
msgid "Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
-#: user-manual.txt:3680
+#: user-manual.txt:3721
#, no-wrap
msgid "Establishing the RFCOMM connection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3683
+#: user-manual.txt:3724
msgid "The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3685
+#: user-manual.txt:3726
msgid "+sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3687
+#: user-manual.txt:3728
msgid "+<controller>+ is the Bluetooth controller, +hci0+."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3688
+#: user-manual.txt:3729
msgid "+<dev>+ is the RFCOMM device file, +rfcomm0+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3689
+#: user-manual.txt:3730
msgid "+<bdaddr>+ is the dive computer's MAC address, +00:11:22:33:44:55+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3690
+#: user-manual.txt:3731
msgid ""
"+[channel]+ is the dive computer's Bluetooth channel we need to connect to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3693
+#: user-manual.txt:3734
msgid ""
"If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user "
"reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3695
+#: user-manual.txt:3736
msgid "_Shearwater Petrel 2_: channel 5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3696
+#: user-manual.txt:3737
msgid "_Shearwater Petrel 1_: channel 1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3697
+#: user-manual.txt:3738
msgid "_Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport_: channel 1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3699
+#: user-manual.txt:3740
msgid ""
"E.g. to connect a _Shearwater Petrel 2_, set the dive computer to upload "
"mode and enter:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3701
+#: user-manual.txt:3742
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tsudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3703
+#: user-manual.txt:3744
msgid "This gives the response:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3706
+#: user-manual.txt:3747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tConnected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5\n"
@@ -7830,14 +7902,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3708
+#: user-manual.txt:3749
msgid ""
"To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive "
"computer to upload mode and enter:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3712
+#: user-manual.txt:3753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)\n"
@@ -7846,7 +7918,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3716
+#: user-manual.txt:3757
msgid ""
"If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel "
"in the list above doesn't work, the command +sdptool records+ should help "
@@ -7855,7 +7927,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3726
+#: user-manual.txt:3767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tsdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55\n"
@@ -7870,7 +7942,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3729
+#: user-manual.txt:3770
msgid ""
"For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel "
"listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user "
@@ -7878,7 +7950,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3732
+#: user-manual.txt:3773
msgid ""
"After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer's "
"upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select _Import-"
@@ -7888,25 +7960,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:3738
+#: user-manual.txt:3779
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3741
+#: user-manual.txt:3782
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Uemis Zurich"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3743
+#: user-manual.txt:3784
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/iumis.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/iumis.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3759
+#: user-manual.txt:3800
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file "
"system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and equipment. "
@@ -7922,7 +7994,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3774
+#: user-manual.txt:3815
msgid ""
"After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis "
"Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation "
@@ -7939,19 +8011,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3776
+#: user-manual.txt:3817
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Uwatec Galileo"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3778
+#: user-manual.txt:3819
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/Galileo.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/Galileo.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3793
+#: user-manual.txt:3834
msgid ""
"The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between "
"the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle "
@@ -7967,14 +8039,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3796
+#: user-manual.txt:3837
msgid ""
"After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive "
"computer and download dive information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3802
+#: user-manual.txt:3843
msgid ""
"Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are "
"available from some Internet web sites e.g. http://www.drivers-download.com/"
@@ -7984,26 +8056,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3805
+#: user-manual.txt:3846
msgid ""
"For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available "
"for OSX 10.6 or higher."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3807
+#: user-manual.txt:3848
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3809
+#: user-manual.txt:3850
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3819
+#: user-manual.txt:3860
msgid ""
"When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF "
"file for every dive. Mark all the dives you'd like to import or open. "
@@ -8016,19 +8088,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3822
+#: user-manual.txt:3863
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from xDEEP BLACK"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3824
+#: user-manual.txt:3865
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3833
+#: user-manual.txt:3874
msgid ""
"Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using \"Export UDDF\" "
"option in BLACK's logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are "
@@ -8042,19 +8114,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3835
+#: user-manual.txt:3876
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel using Bluetooth"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3837
+#: user-manual.txt:3878
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/predator.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/predator.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3840
+#: user-manual.txt:3881
msgid ""
"Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the "
"section above, <<S_Bluetooth,_Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled "
@@ -8062,19 +8134,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3842
+#: user-manual.txt:3883
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3844
+#: user-manual.txt:3885
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/MkVI.jpeg"
msgstr "images/MkVI.jpeg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3852
+#: user-manual.txt:3893
msgid ""
"Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom "
"communications adapter and the _Poseidon PC Configuration Software_, "
@@ -8086,45 +8158,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3855
+#: user-manual.txt:3896
msgid ""
"Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt "
"extension)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3856
+#: user-manual.txt:3897
msgid "Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3858
+#: user-manual.txt:3899
msgid ""
"Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed "
"version of the dive log using a proprietary format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3860
+#: user-manual.txt:3901
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log "
"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3862
+#: user-manual.txt:3903
#, no-wrap
msgid "Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3864
+#: user-manual.txt:3905
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/APDComputer.jpg"
msgstr "images/APDComputer.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3872
+#: user-manual.txt:3913
msgid ""
"The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are "
"downloaded using a communications adapter and _AP Communicator_, obtained "
@@ -8136,55 +8208,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3874
+#: user-manual.txt:3915
msgid "Download the dive using _AP Communicator_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3875
+#: user-manual.txt:3916
msgid "Open a dive within the _AP Log Viewer_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3876
+#: user-manual.txt:3917
msgid "Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled \"_Data_\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3877
+#: user-manual.txt:3918
msgid ""
"With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on \"_Copy to Clipboard_"
"\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3878
+#: user-manual.txt:3919
msgid "Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3880
+#: user-manual.txt:3921
msgid ""
"Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text "
"file with a filename extension of _.apd_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3881
+#: user-manual.txt:3922
msgid ""
"Within _Subsurface_, select _Import -> Import log files_ to open the xref:"
"Unified_import[universal import dialogue]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3882
+#: user-manual.txt:3923
msgid ""
"In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled "
"'Filter:'), select \"APD log viewer\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3885
+#: user-manual.txt:3926
msgid ""
"On the list of file names select the _.apd_ file that has been created "
"above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data "
@@ -8193,13 +8265,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:3886
+#: user-manual.txt:3927
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg"
msgstr "images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3894
+#: user-manual.txt:3935
msgid ""
"The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the "
"APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default "
@@ -8211,12 +8283,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3895
+#: user-manual.txt:3936
msgid "Click the _Ok_ button at the bottom of the import panel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3900
+#: user-manual.txt:3941
msgid ""
"The APD dive log will appear within _Subsurface_. The dive computer-"
"generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting "
@@ -8226,13 +8298,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:3901
+#: user-manual.txt:3942
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3910
+#: user-manual.txt:3951
msgid ""
"The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly "
"performed using the dialogue found by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, "
@@ -8242,22 +8314,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3912
+#: user-manual.txt:3953
msgid "Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3913
+#: user-manual.txt:3954
msgid "_Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3914
+#: user-manual.txt:3955
msgid "Import the accessible dive log data into _Subsurface_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3918
+#: user-manual.txt:3959
msgid ""
"This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log "
"data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to "
@@ -8265,19 +8337,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3920
+#: user-manual.txt:3961
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from *Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3921
+#: user-manual.txt:3962
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/suuntologo.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/suuntologo.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3928
+#: user-manual.txt:3969
msgid ""
"DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. "
"Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent "
@@ -8287,66 +8359,66 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3930
+#: user-manual.txt:3971
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Divemanager 3 (DM3):*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3932
+#: user-manual.txt:3973
msgid ""
"Start 'Suunto Divemanager 3' and log in with the name containing the logs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3933
+#: user-manual.txt:3974
msgid "Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3935
+#: user-manual.txt:3976
msgid ""
"In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the "
"appropriate dives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3936
+#: user-manual.txt:3977
msgid ""
"Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3937
+#: user-manual.txt:3978
msgid "To select certain dives: hold 'ctrl' and click the dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3939
+#: user-manual.txt:3980
msgid ""
"To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the "
"last dive"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3940
+#: user-manual.txt:3981
msgid "With the dives marked, use the program menu _File -> Export_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3941
+#: user-manual.txt:3982
msgid ""
"The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called "
"'Export Path'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3942
+#: user-manual.txt:3983
msgid "Click the browse button next to the field Export Path"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3944
+#: user-manual.txt:3985
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** A file-manager like window pops up\n"
@@ -8354,13 +8426,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3945
+#: user-manual.txt:3986
#, no-wrap
msgid "Divelog.SDE file\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3947
+#: user-manual.txt:3988
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"** Optionally change the name of the file for saving\n"
@@ -8368,25 +8440,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3948
+#: user-manual.txt:3989
#, no-wrap
msgid "Back in the Export pop-up, press the button 'Export'\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3949
+#: user-manual.txt:3990
#, no-wrap
msgid "The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3951
+#: user-manual.txt:3992
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3956
+#: user-manual.txt:3997
msgid ""
"DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a "
"divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the "
@@ -8395,81 +8467,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3958
+#: user-manual.txt:3999
msgid "Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3960 user-manual.txt:3969
+#: user-manual.txt:4001 user-manual.txt:4010
msgid "Start Suunto DM4/DM5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3961
+#: user-manual.txt:4002
msgid "Select 'Help -> About'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3962
+#: user-manual.txt:4003
msgid "Click 'Copy' after text 'Copy log folder path to clipboard'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3963
+#: user-manual.txt:4004
msgid "Now open Windows Explorer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3964
+#: user-manual.txt:4005
msgid "Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3965
+#: user-manual.txt:4006
msgid "The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3967
+#: user-manual.txt:4008
msgid "Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3970
+#: user-manual.txt:4011
msgid "Select 'File - Create backup'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3972
+#: user-manual.txt:4013
msgid ""
"From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we'll use "
"DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3973
+#: user-manual.txt:4014
msgid "Click 'Save'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3974
+#: user-manual.txt:4015
msgid "The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3976
+#: user-manual.txt:4017
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from Atomic Logbook"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3979
+#: user-manual.txt:4020
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3986
+#: user-manual.txt:4027
msgid ""
"Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows "
"downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. "
@@ -8479,19 +8551,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:3988
+#: user-manual.txt:4029
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:3991
+#: user-manual.txt:4032
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/mareslogo.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/mareslogo.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:3999
+#: user-manual.txt:4040
msgid ""
"Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a "
"Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a '.sdf' filename extension. The "
@@ -8502,7 +8574,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4004
+#: user-manual.txt:4045
msgid ""
"Within Dive Organiser, select _Database -> Backup_ from the main menu and "
"back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file "
@@ -8510,36 +8582,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4007
+#: user-manual.txt:4048
msgid ""
"Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a "
"file _DiveOrganiser.sdf_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4008
+#: user-manual.txt:4049
msgid "Extract the _.sdf_ file from the zipped folder to your Desktop."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4009
+#: user-manual.txt:4050
msgid "The password for accessing the .zip file is _mares_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4011
+#: user-manual.txt:4052
#, no-wrap
msgid "Exporting from *DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon'
-#: user-manual.txt:4013
+#: user-manual.txt:4054
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg"
msgstr "images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4020
+#: user-manual.txt:4061
msgid ""
"The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert "
"the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all "
@@ -8549,37 +8621,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4022
+#: user-manual.txt:4063
msgid "To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4024
+#: user-manual.txt:4065
msgid "In DivingLog open the 'File -> Export -> SQLite' menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4025
+#: user-manual.txt:4066
msgid "Select 'Settings' button"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4026
+#: user-manual.txt:4067
msgid "Set the 'RTF2Plaintext' to 'true'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4027
+#: user-manual.txt:4068
msgid "Close the Settings dialog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4028
+#: user-manual.txt:4069
msgid "Click 'Export' button and select the filename"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4032
+#: user-manual.txt:4073
msgid ""
"Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the "
"dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save "
@@ -8587,13 +8659,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:4033
+#: user-manual.txt:4074
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format"
msgstr "ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4043
+#: user-manual.txt:4084
msgid ""
"Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a "
"spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily "
@@ -8614,7 +8686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"selon le tableur utilisé."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4049
+#: user-manual.txt:4090
msgid ""
"The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that "
"the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the "
@@ -8632,19 +8704,19 @@ msgstr ""
"règles simples :"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4051
+#: user-manual.txt:4092
msgid ""
"Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy"
msgstr ""
"Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4052
+#: user-manual.txt:4093
msgid "Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds."
msgstr "Durée : le format est minutes:secondes."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4053
+#: user-manual.txt:4094
msgid ""
"Unit system: only one unit system should be used (i.e., no mixture between "
"imperial and metric units)"
@@ -8653,26 +8725,26 @@ msgstr ""
"entre les unités impériales et métriques)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4054
+#: user-manual.txt:4095
msgid "Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma."
msgstr ""
"Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des virgules."
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4055
+#: user-manual.txt:4096
msgid "GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798"
msgstr ""
"Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple : "
"30.22496 30.821798"
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4056
+#: user-manual.txt:4097
#, no-wrap
msgid "_LibreOffice Calc_ and _OpenOffice Calc_"
msgstr "_LibreOffice Calc_ et _OpenOffice Calc_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4060
+#: user-manual.txt:4101
msgid ""
"These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open "
"source office suite applications. The user interaction with _LibreOffice_ "
@@ -8683,13 +8755,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4061
+#: user-manual.txt:4102
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg"
msgstr "images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4064
+#: user-manual.txt:4105
msgid ""
"To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click _File -> "
"Save As_. On the dialogue that comes up, select the _Text CSV (.csv)_ as the "
@@ -8697,13 +8769,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4065
+#: user-manual.txt:4106
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg"
msgstr "images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4068
+#: user-manual.txt:4109
msgid ""
"After selecting _Save_, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose _Tab_ "
"to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), "
@@ -8711,13 +8783,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4069
+#: user-manual.txt:4110
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/LOffice_field_options.jpg"
msgstr "images/LOffice_field_options.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4072
+#: user-manual.txt:4113
msgid ""
"One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and "
"then import the dive data as explained on the section xref:"
@@ -8725,13 +8797,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4073
+#: user-manual.txt:4114
#, no-wrap
msgid "Microsoft _Excel_"
msgstr "Microsoft _Excel_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4079
+#: user-manual.txt:4120
msgid ""
"The field delimiter (called \"_list separator_\" in Microsoft manuals) is "
"not accessible from within _Excel_ and needs to be set through the "
@@ -8742,19 +8814,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4081
+#: user-manual.txt:4122
msgid ""
"In Microsoft Windows, click the *Start* button, and then select _Control "
"Panel_ from the list on the right-hand side."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4082
+#: user-manual.txt:4123
msgid "Open the _Regional and Language Options_ dialog box."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4085
+#: user-manual.txt:4126
msgid ""
"Do one of the following: ** In Windows 7, click the _Formats_ tab, and then "
"click _Customize this format_. ** In Windows XP, click the _Regional "
@@ -8762,48 +8834,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4086
+#: user-manual.txt:4127
msgid ""
"Type a new separator in the _List separator_ box. To use a TAB-delimited "
"file, type the word TAB in the box."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4087
+#: user-manual.txt:4128
msgid "Click _OK_ twice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4089
+#: user-manual.txt:4130
msgid "Below is an image of the _Control Panel_:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4090
+#: user-manual.txt:4131
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg"
msgstr "images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4093
+#: user-manual.txt:4134
msgid "To export the dive log in CSV format:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4095
+#: user-manual.txt:4136
msgid ""
"With the dive log opened in _Excel_, select the round Windows button at the "
"top left, then _Save As_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4096
+#: user-manual.txt:4137
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg"
msgstr "images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4099
+#: user-manual.txt:4140
msgid ""
"Click on the left-hand part of the _Save as_ option, NOT on the arrow on the "
"right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an "
@@ -8813,13 +8885,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4100
+#: user-manual.txt:4141
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg"
msgstr "images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4103
+#: user-manual.txt:4144
msgid ""
"Select the _Save_ button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder "
"that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a "
@@ -8828,13 +8900,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:4105
+#: user-manual.txt:4146
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template"
msgstr "ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d'impression personnalisé"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4110
+#: user-manual.txt:4151
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing "
"dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates, "
@@ -8843,34 +8915,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4112
+#: user-manual.txt:4153
msgid "Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image *B* below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4120
+#: user-manual.txt:4161
msgid ""
"The buttons under the _Template_ dropdown box allows one to _Edit_, "
"_Delete_, _Import_ and to _Export_ templates (see image *A* above). New or "
"modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the "
"dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select "
-"the _Custom_ template from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue "
-"(see image *B* above), then select _Edit_."
+"one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue "
+"(see image *B* above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final "
+"desired printout. Then select _Edit_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4122
+#: user-manual.txt:4163
msgid "The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4123
+#: user-manual.txt:4164
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Template1_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Template1_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4127
+#: user-manual.txt:4168
msgid ""
"The _Style_ tab (image *A* above) controls the font, line spacing and colour "
"template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are editable. "
@@ -8878,7 +8951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4131
+#: user-manual.txt:4172
msgid ""
"The _Colors_ tab (image *B* above) allows editing the colours used for "
"printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the _Edit_ "
@@ -8887,7 +8960,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4140
+#: user-manual.txt:4181
msgid ""
"The _Template_ tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a "
"template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming primitives. "
@@ -8903,47 +8976,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
-#: user-manual.txt:4141
+#: user-manual.txt:4182
#, no-wrap
msgid "images/Template2_f22.jpg"
msgstr "images/Template2_f22.jpg"
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4144
+#: user-manual.txt:4186
msgid ""
"One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log "
"directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be "
-"modified in this way."
+"modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the _Export_ button in "
+"the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4146
+#: user-manual.txt:4188
msgid ""
"To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the "
"template will be correctly handled and rendered."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4147
+#: user-manual.txt:4189
#, no-wrap
msgid "Main dive loop"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4149
+#: user-manual.txt:4191
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ exports a dive list called (*dives*) to the _Grantlee_ backend. "
"It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
-#: user-manual.txt:4150 user-manual.txt:4204 user-manual.txt:4221
+#: user-manual.txt:4192 user-manual.txt:4246 user-manual.txt:4263
#, no-wrap
msgid "template.html"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4155
+#: user-manual.txt:4197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t{% for dive in dives %}\n"
@@ -8952,13 +9026,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
-#: user-manual.txt:4157 user-manual.txt:4209 user-manual.txt:4228
+#: user-manual.txt:4199 user-manual.txt:4251 user-manual.txt:4270
#, no-wrap
msgid "output.html"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4162
+#: user-manual.txt:4204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t<h1> 1 </h1>\n"
@@ -8967,25 +9041,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4165
+#: user-manual.txt:4207
msgid ""
"Additional information about _Grantlee_ can be found http://www.grantlee.org/"
"apidox/for_themers.html[here]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4166
+#: user-manual.txt:4208
#, no-wrap
msgid "Grantlee exported variables"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4168
+#: user-manual.txt:4210
msgid "Only a subset of the dive data is exported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: user-manual.txt:4186
+#: user-manual.txt:4228
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Name*|*Description*\n"
@@ -9008,7 +9082,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4190
+#: user-manual.txt:4232
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ also exports *template_options* data. This data must be used as "
"_CSS_ values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data "
@@ -9016,7 +9090,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: user-manual.txt:4202
+#: user-manual.txt:4244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Name*|*Description*\n"
@@ -9033,26 +9107,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4207
+#: user-manual.txt:4249
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tborder-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4212
+#: user-manual.txt:4254
#, no-wrap
msgid "\tborder-width: 3px;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4215
+#: user-manual.txt:4257
msgid ""
"Another variable that _Subsurface_ exports is *print_options*. This variable "
"contains a single member:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: user-manual.txt:4218
+#: user-manual.txt:4260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Name*|*Description*\n"
@@ -9060,7 +9134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4226
+#: user-manual.txt:4268
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tbody {\n"
@@ -9069,7 +9143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4233
+#: user-manual.txt:4275
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\tbody {\n"
@@ -9078,13 +9152,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4235
+#: user-manual.txt:4277
#, no-wrap
msgid "Defined CSS selectors"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4239
+#: user-manual.txt:4281
msgid ""
"As the dive profile is placed after rendering, _Subsurface_ uses a special "
"_CSS_ selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The _CSS_ selectors "
@@ -9092,7 +9166,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block |
-#: user-manual.txt:4246
+#: user-manual.txt:4288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Selector*|*Type*|*Description*\n"
@@ -9103,20 +9177,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4249
+#: user-manual.txt:4291
msgid ""
"Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when "
"data-numberofdives = 0)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4250
+#: user-manual.txt:4292
#, no-wrap
msgid "Special attributes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4254
+#: user-manual.txt:4296
msgid ""
"There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives "
"in each page or make _Subsurface_ try to fit as much dives as possible into "
@@ -9124,55 +9198,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4256
+#: user-manual.txt:4298
msgid ""
"The *data-numberofdives* data attribute is added to the body tag to set the "
"rendering mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4258
+#: user-manual.txt:4300
msgid "render 6 dives per page:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4261
+#: user-manual.txt:4303
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t<body data-numberofdives = 6>\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4264
+#: user-manual.txt:4306
msgid "render as much dives as possible:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: user-manual.txt:4267
+#: user-manual.txt:4309
#, no-wrap
msgid "\t<body data-numberofdives = 0>\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4270
+#: user-manual.txt:4312
msgid ""
"All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any "
"page size."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: user-manual.txt:4271
+#: user-manual.txt:4313
#, no-wrap
msgid "APPENDIX F: FAQs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4273
+#: user-manual.txt:4315
#, no-wrap
msgid "Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4277
+#: user-manual.txt:4319
msgid ""
"'Question': I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending "
"with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what _Subsurface_ "
@@ -9180,7 +9254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4283
+#: user-manual.txt:4325
msgid ""
"'Answer': Not really. What happens is that _Subsurface_ actually calculates "
"gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, "
@@ -9190,7 +9264,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4289
+#: user-manual.txt:4331
msgid ""
"and that's true for an ideal gas, and it's what you get taught in dive "
"theory. But an \"ideal gas\" doesn't actually exist, and real gases "
@@ -9200,12 +9274,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4291
+#: user-manual.txt:4333
msgid "+consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4297
+#: user-manual.txt:4339
msgid ""
"where the amount of air is *not* just \"tank size times pressure in bar\". "
"It's a combination of: \"take compressibility into account\" (which is a "
@@ -9216,12 +9290,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4299
+#: user-manual.txt:4341
msgid "+12.2*((220-100)/1.013)+"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4304
+#: user-manual.txt:4346
msgid ""
"which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple "
"calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The "
@@ -9231,7 +9305,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4310
+#: user-manual.txt:4352
msgid ""
"So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or "
"be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as "
@@ -9242,13 +9316,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4311
+#: user-manual.txt:4353
#, no-wrap
msgid "Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer..."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4315
+#: user-manual.txt:4357
msgid ""
"_Subsurface_ ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, "
"divetime, SAC, etc). 'Question': Why do dive durations in my dive computer "
@@ -9256,7 +9330,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4323
+#: user-manual.txt:4365
msgid ""
"'Answer': For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to "
"trigger the \"dive started\") but then come back up and wait five minutes "
@@ -9270,13 +9344,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: user-manual.txt:4324
+#: user-manual.txt:4366
#, no-wrap
msgid "Some dive profiles are missing from the download"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4330
+#: user-manual.txt:4372
msgid ""
"'Question': I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even "
"though my dive computer's manual states that it records history of e.g. 999 "
@@ -9284,7 +9358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4339
+#: user-manual.txt:4381
msgid ""
"'Answer': Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The "
"history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of "
@@ -9297,7 +9371,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: user-manual.txt:4343
+#: user-manual.txt:4385
msgid ""
"If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before "
"they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import "
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git
index b5941a1..d2ad4b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git
+++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git
@@ -386,55 +386,55 @@ install: function(toclevels) {
reinstall();
}
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
-d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
-infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
-en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
-rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
- équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
- son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
- plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
- ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
- Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
- interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
- partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
- ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
-</p>
-</li>
+ timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
+ if (document.addEventListener)
+ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
+ else
+ window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
+}
+
+}
+asciidoc.install(3);
+/*]]>*/
+</script>
+</head>
+<body class="article">
+<div id="header">
+</div>
+<div id="content">
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
+Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
+d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
+infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
+en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
+rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
+ équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
+ son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
+ plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
+ ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
+ Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
+ interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
+ partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
+ ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
+</p>
+</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
@@ -445,37 +445,37 @@ Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em
</li>
<li>
<p>
-Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
- logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
- exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
- vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
- intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
- plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
- n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
-basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
-Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
-matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
-disponibles.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
-installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
-problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
-<a href="mailto:subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
-rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
+Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
+ logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
+ exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
+ vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
+ intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
+ plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
+ n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
+basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
+Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
+matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
+disponibles.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
+installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
+<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
+problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
+<a href="mailto:subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
+rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
logicielles.</p></div>
@@ -485,278 +485,278 @@ professionnels</p></div>
<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
<noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles
-externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est
-activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un
-champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser
-pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
-utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
-informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
-utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
-apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
-informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
-extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
-développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
-des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
-sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
-communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
-plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
-nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
-ligne de commande.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
-principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
-Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
-quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
-plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
-être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
-dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
-pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
-important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
-l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
-plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
-sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
-statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
-en surbrillance.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
-graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
-taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
-séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
-positions.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
-l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
-<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
-part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
-surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
-plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
-panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
-durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
-nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
-en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
-permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
-toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
-principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
-clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
-souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
-d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
-touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
-information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
-disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
-carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
-principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
-nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
-enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
-faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
-ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
-données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
- de
- carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
- au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
- n’a pas
- utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
- carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
- à la main</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
- tableur
- soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
- Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
- le profil de profondeur de la
- plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
- utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
- de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
- plongée. Voir
- <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
- sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
- plongées.
- Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
- des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
-record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
-information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
-duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
-guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
-information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
-select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
-panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
-(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
-a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
-<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
-now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
-<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
-<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
-panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
-dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
-<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
-information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
-information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
-Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
-log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
-function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
-<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
-best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
-profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
-below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
-top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
-the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
-itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
-on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
-dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
-downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
-segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
-right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
-the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
-a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
-stop at 5 m.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
-indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
-first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
-case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
-can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
-selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
-waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
-waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
-the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
-have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
-used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
-tabs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
-information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
-rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
-capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
-using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
-of supported dive computers can be found at:
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
-Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
-PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
-therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
-when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
-Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
-should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
-dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles
+externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est
+activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un
+champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser
+pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
+utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
+informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
+utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
+apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
+informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
+<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
+extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
+développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
+des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
+sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
+communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
+plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
+nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
+ligne de commande.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
+principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
+Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
+quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
+plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
+être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
+dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
+pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
+important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
+l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
+plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
+sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
+statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
+en surbrillance.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
+graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
+taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
+séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
+positions.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
+l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
+<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
+part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
+surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
+plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
+panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
+durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
+nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
+en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
+permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
+toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
+principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
+clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
+souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
+d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
+touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
+information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
+disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
+carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
+principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
+nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
+enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
+faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
+ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
+données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
+ de
+ carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
+ au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
+ n’a pas
+ utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
+ carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
+ à la main</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
+ tableur
+ soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
+ Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
+ <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
+ le profil de profondeur de la
+ plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
+ utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
+ de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
+ plongée. Voir
+ <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
+ sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
+ plongées.
+ Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
+ des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
+record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
+information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
+duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
+guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
+information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
+select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
+panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
+(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
+a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
+<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
+now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
+<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
+<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
+panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
+dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
+<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
+information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
+information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
+Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
+log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
+function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
+<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
+<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
+best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
+profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
+below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
+top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
+the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
+itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
+on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
+dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
+downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
+segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
+right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
+the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
+a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
+stop at 5 m.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
+indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
+first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
+case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
+can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
+selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
+waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
+waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
+the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
+have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
+used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
+tabs.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
+information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
+rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
+capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
+using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
+of supported dive computers can be found at:
+<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
+Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
+PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
+therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
+when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
+Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
+should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
+dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
@@ -769,51 +769,51 @@ A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
different operating systems and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
-be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
- or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
- (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
- Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
-though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
-reason, if the divecomputer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
-that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
-on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
-least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
- <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
- Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
- name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
- (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
+be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
+ or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
+ (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
+ Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
+though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
+reason, if the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
+that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
+on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
+least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
+ <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
+ Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
+ name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
+ (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
@@ -833,68 +833,68 @@ If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
- the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
- (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
- download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
- computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
- box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
- during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
- and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
- divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
- downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
- <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
- when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can
- see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
- make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
- some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
- bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
- could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
- is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
- <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
- appear in a tabular format on the righthand side of the dialogue (see image
- <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
- and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
- need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
- the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive
- List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
- imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
- time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
- power.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
-transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
- message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
- Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
+ the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
+ (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
+ download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
+ computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
+ box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
+ during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
+ and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
+ divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
+ downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
+ <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
+ when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can
+ see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
+ make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
+ some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
+ bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
+ could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
+ is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
+ <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
+ appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image
+ <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
+ and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
+ need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
+ the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive
+ List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
+ imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
+ time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
+ power.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
+transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
+ message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
+ Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
@@ -967,5793 +967,5848 @@ checked, no dives are added to the
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
-<em>subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
-analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
-information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
-computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the
-OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
-Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
-requires four steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
- PC upload mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive
-computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled
-<em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-and its Bluetooth address are shown on the righthand side, On the lefthand
-side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
-the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
-<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
-below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check
-box.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the
-local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed
-correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other
-Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the
-first two steps above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and
-that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of
-the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has
-been achieved.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue
-above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should
-be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list
-box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not
-achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth
-devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em>
-should see the dive computer. The label of the discovered dive computer
-contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the
-device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be
-opened by selecting the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em>
-option and wait for the task to complete.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
-computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
-other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be
-pressed. This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the
-<em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The
-downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
-left is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the
-<em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-is turned on.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
-process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
-permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
-device, Tap to setup your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
-discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the
-<em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to
-complete.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Be aware that currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth
-adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
-<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSolei</em> drivers it
-will definitely not work.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
-shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
-another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
-dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
-mode"</em> option.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
- <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
- <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
-information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
-with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
-upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
-computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
-from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
-perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
-Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
-dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
-In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
-another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
-<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
-the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
-upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
-saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
-device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
-computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
-fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
-on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
-information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
-hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
-entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date
-and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
-and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the
-contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
-a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
-edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
-(left hand image, below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
-information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
-clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
-correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
-minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
-box and by overtyping the information displayed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
-in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
-temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
-If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
-might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
-the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
-If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
-automatically supplied by
-<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
-be used).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake
-Balaton, Hungary". Dive locations are managed as a separate part of the dive log.
-After entering the information for a particular dive site, and several dives are
-performed at the same location, the information is re-used without requiring
-full dive site information again. Existing dive location information
-can be edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed at that site
-and by opening the location information by clicking the globe button on the
-right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
-dive site names makes it easy to select a dive site that already exists in the dive log
-(i.e. when typing the name of a dive site,
-a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names). If the dive
-site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the present dive site has not been used before, a message appears as
-follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click the + icon on the right hand side. A panel appears to enter the
-coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
-above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
-three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
- of the Subsurface window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
- location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
- location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the orange bar
- disappears and the coordinates are stored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
- user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
- dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
- more information</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
- formats with latitude followed by longitude:
-</p>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
-minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
-e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
-30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
-negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
-a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
-don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
-W20d.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
-name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location description
-will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
-dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
-same).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
-Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
-site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
-the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
-performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
-Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
-rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
-entered in this field
-which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
-the current logbook.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
-(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
-dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
-offered.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
-Auto selection of the suit description is available.
-Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
-suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
-dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
-here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
-cave, etc.
-<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
-program
-will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
-typed
-<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
-information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
-there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
-added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
-example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
-and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
-box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
-of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
-determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
-like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
-computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
-and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
-table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
-for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
-information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a
-cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
-in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
-the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
-brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
-cylinders:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
-used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
-available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
-well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
-the dialogue.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
-specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
-corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
-be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
-their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
-inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
-the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
-clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
-additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
-hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
-cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
-using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
-clicks
-the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
-a down-arrow:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
-the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
-mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
-in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
-system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
-clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter
-information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
-using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
-using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
-for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
-each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
-items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
-fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
-fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
-that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
-equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
-and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
-these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
-fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
-notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
-information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
-particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
-editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
-dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
-the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
-edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
-the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
-several similar dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
-dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
-<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
-components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
-the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
-copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
-List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
-from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
-dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
-log.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
-events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
-buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
- the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
- on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
- below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
- below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
- below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
- shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
-saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
-the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
-image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
-newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
-dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
-prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
-computer disk.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
-were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
-retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
-log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
-has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
-be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
-log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
-files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
-configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
-can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
-import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
-computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
-software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
-logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
-from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
-logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
-should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
-→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
-computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
-<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
-the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
-other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
-significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
-entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
-<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
-interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
-on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
-<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
-available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
- systems)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cochran dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDCF-formatted dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-LiquiVision logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-divelog.de logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-OSTC Tools logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
-window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
-imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
-accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
-below.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
-tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
-data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
-extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
-the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
-select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
-logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
-<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
-<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
-and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
-useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
-only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
-<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
-important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
-multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
-into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
-process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
- using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
- for more information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
- user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
- <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
- instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
- <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
- instructions below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
-dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
-selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
-below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
-fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
-starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
-end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
-below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
-dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
-as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
-circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
-in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
-allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
-packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
-Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
-exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
-<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
-information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
-organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
-<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
-line.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
- that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
- dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
- about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
- two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
- text, following the order of the column headings.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
- about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
- intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
- pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
- single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
- previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
- information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
- closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
- that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
-know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
- data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
- TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
- editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
- semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
- not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
- TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
- details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
- editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
- positions.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
-straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
-the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
-right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
-that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
-pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
-software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
-originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
-use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
-lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
-or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
-(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
-imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
-successful import of the data.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
-appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
-column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
-immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
-balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
-<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
-# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
-then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
-appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
-column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labeled "Dive # " and drop it
-in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
-depicted in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
-of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
-dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
-right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
-in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
-Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
-information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
-TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
-data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
-ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
-or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
-Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
-between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
-graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
-also be used to import information from other sources such as
-spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
-important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
-used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
-frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
-exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
-specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
-organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
-the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
-field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
-<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
-using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
-in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
-comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
-characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
-line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
-character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
-the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
-be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
-example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
-computer:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
-headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
-file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
-therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
-file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
-characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
-quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
-UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
-<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
-details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
-used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
-smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
-<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
-for the diving
-location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
-a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
-the localities from the file server.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
- page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
- will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
- Companion App capabilities.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the app from
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
- Store</a> or from
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
- page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
- option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
- the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
- to activate the account.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
- email to recover the number.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
- saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
- <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
-the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
-Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
-synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
-Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
-any dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
-showed with 3 options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
- is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
- map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
- desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
- marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
- the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
- name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
- order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
- time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
- located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
- stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
- then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
- sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
-time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
-selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
-server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
-location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
-(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
-selected.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
-or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
-changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
-and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
-from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
-location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
-where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
-it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
-of the screen:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
- location.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
-upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
-simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
-arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
-should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
-be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
-(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
- easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
- email but, of course, users can also type this information.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
- and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
- is automatically sent to the server.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
-running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
-collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
- minutes until stopped by the user.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
-50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
-at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
-every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations
-are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
-not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
-user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
-50 meters.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
-the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
-settings.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
-resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
-can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
-ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
-download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
-(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
-"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
-location information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
-location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
-continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
-import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
-times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
-adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
-appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
-bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
-can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
-list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
-dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and
-there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
-<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
-download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
-Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
-image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
-blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
-download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
-update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
-which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
-dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
-entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
-GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
-information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
-assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
-information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
-range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
-is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
-Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
-for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
-the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
-<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
-in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
-subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
-the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
-the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
-GPS data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
- with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
- but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
- delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
- up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
- server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
- necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
- dives in the web service map display (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
- the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
- Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
- dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
-during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
-dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
-superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
-right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
-Images</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
-to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
-problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
-computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
-dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
-achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
-position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
- the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
- difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
- settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
- both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
- difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
- immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
- If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
- tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
- In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
- 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
- in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
- photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
- the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
- each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
- the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
- the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of divecomputer showing time</em>. This brings up
- a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
- photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
- appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
- when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
- so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
- date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
- camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
- Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
- date-time.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
-dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
- reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos
- on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
- the left of the dive profile:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
-photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
-been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
-dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
-selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
-is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
-the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
-tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
-(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
-accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
-accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
-indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
-thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
-thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
-window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
-(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
-removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
-such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
-the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
-interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
-associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
-procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
-However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
-access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using
-the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
-small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition
-the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
-behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
-again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
- where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
- opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
- machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
- photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
- cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
- may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
- process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
- other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
- into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
- following steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
- where photos have been moved
- to,
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
- calculated when a photo was
- loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
- automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
- the photo in the new moved directory.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
- which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
- the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
- complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Software for the automated finger print calculation of existing photo
-collections is under development. Currently single dives must be upgraded
-one at a time. Select the toolbar button on the <strong>Dive profile</strong> panel that
-enables the display of images. The thumbnails of images are shown on the
-dive profile. Then open the dive and change anything in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel
-that brings up the blue edit bar at the top of the notes panel to save the
-edits. For instance, add a space character at the end of the <em>Notes</em> text
-box and immediately delete that space character. Select the option <em>Apply
-changes</em> in the blue edit bar to save the dive information. Fingerprints
-are calculated while saving this specific dive.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
-cylinder. Multicylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
-enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
-needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
-needs of the dive. For this reason multicylinder dives are often used by
-technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
-there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
- the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
- specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
- provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
- by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
- record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
- was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
- in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
- right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
- those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
- <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
- tank bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
-cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
-with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
-decompression.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multicylinder diving, often with
-both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
-configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
-recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
-dive logging involves, exactly as with multicylinder dives, above, three
-steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
- cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
- cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
- <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
- from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
- that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
- has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
- from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
- specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
- image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
- from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
- Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
- selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
- currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
- to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
- profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
- profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
- the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
- for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
-logging tool.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
-diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
-while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
-(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
-a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
-(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
-breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
-recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
-amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
-active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
-released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
-outlined above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
- Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
- cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
- <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
-adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
-longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
-EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
-lasted over two hours.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
-has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
-concentration:
-a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
-regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
-CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
-development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
-Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
-recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
-download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
-independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
-directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
-same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
-dive at a time.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
-information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
-select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
-<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
-section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
-list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
-includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
-equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
-format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
-the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
-case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
-appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
-the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the
-<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
-information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
-recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
-composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
-pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
-partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
-during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
-given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
-follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
- differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
- sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
- spurious data, it is ignored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
- the setpoint.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
-oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
-turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
-(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
-Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
-representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
-appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
-oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
-<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
-setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
-partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
-partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
-oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
-as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 1: grey
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 2: blue
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 3: brown
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
-comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
-abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
-both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
-if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
-circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
-over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
-the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
-the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
-two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
-addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
-shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
-including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
-cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
-readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
-<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
-include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
-precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
-the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
-however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
-the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
-ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
-dive profile:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
-this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
-<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
-computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
-Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
-B</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
-been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
-surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
-the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
-oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
-consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
-pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
-<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
-easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
-information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
-comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
-times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
-information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
-extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
-more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
-Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
-figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
-dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
-minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
-surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
-deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
-detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
-the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
-functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
-Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
-obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
-compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
-column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
-graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
-peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
-to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
-Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
-the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
-the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
-placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
-N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
-dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
-repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
-those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
-pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
-during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
-graphs.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
-during the dive.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
-during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
-Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
-the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
-manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
-line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
-user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
-using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
-relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
-consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
-of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
-the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
-information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
-rate sensor.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
-the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
-<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
-and 30m
- (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
-something
-that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
-<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
-done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
-user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
-area underneath the two red dots.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
-selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
-indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
-active, the photos are hidden.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
-precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
-particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
-ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
-diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
-either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
-the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
-available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
-make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
-calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
-profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
-available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
-calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
-<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
-(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
-a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
-non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
-section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
-the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
-each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
-ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
-helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
-encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
-deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
-bottom times.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
-<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
-checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
-ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
-particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
-ways:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
-clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
-Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
-then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
-represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
-general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
-helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
-trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
-(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
-blue bar.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
-(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
-ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
-tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
-ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
-limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
-divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
-offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
-pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
-representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast,
-the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
-on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
-the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
-profile.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
-depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
-<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
-used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
-the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
-gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
-but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
-dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
-the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
-creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
-changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
-Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
-time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
-button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
-a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
-based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
-change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
-in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
-from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
-closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing
-marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
-allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
-to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
-dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
-<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
-left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
-around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
-that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
-Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
-box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
-the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
-right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
-situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
-moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
-show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
-Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
-characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
-dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
-ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
-maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
-depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
-at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
-ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
-compartments.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
-four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
-Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
-dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
-oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
-<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
-text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly
-increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco
-Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration
-that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does
-not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once
-one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an
-ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes
-required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as
-decompression time.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
-Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
-respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
-respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
-double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
-of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
-that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
-SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
-dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
-dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
-other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
-breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
-same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
-hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
-dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
-air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
-nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
-the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
-equalling the END.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
-data.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
-pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
-applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
-dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
-drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
-the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
- light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
- measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
- area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
- indicate absolute pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
- equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
- nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
- combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
- pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
- gas pressure value.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
- inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
- algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
- the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
- gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh
- values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
- <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
- M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
- is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
-Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
-side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
- surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
- equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
- tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
- pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
- compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
- the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
- (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
- slowly increasing in pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
- during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
- bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
- exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
- value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
- exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
- minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
- pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
- the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
- diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
-using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
-a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
-Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
-information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
-bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
-brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
-above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
-the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately
-updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and
-used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
-sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
-numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
-non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
-automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
-date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
-may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
-(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
-respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
-results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
-dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
-Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
-requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
-process.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
-can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
-date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
-single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
-ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
-dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
-having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
-list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
-now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
-title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
-title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
-panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
-location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
-dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
-during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
-the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
-trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
-expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
-the trip.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
-several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
-includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
-by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
-above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
-(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and
-right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the
-user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
-above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
-figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
-completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
-dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
-workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
-duration.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
-this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
-menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
-appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
-on the date and time of the unliked dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
-within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
-bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
-to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
-dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and
-right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context
-menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then
-specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
-adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
-should be ealier or later.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
-surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
-the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
-panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
-appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
-selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
-information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
-to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
-that were merged:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
-redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
-<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
-the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
-<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
-only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
-dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
-one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
-dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
-opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
-are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
-<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
-the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by
-selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are
-shown. The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the
-panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong>
-with the white cross.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
-(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
-by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
-filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
-check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
-check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
-"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
-terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
-of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
-dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
-check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
-therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
-within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
-those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
- destinations ou formats</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
-d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
-identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
-sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est
-présenté (voir l’image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez vos
-identifiant et mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le
-panneau de l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter
-de Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
-plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
-est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous
-sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em> à partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, une
-fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront transférées
-avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour transférer un
-profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album <em>Facebook</em> doit être
-fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche permettent de sélectionner
-des informations supplémentaires à transférer avec le profil de plongée. Ces
-informations sont affichées dans le champs de texte sur la partie droite du
-panneau. (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez facilement modifier le
-message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de plongée. Une fois les informations
-supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance
-le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un moment, une fenêtre apparait
-indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
-marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
-modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis
-un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape
-supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des
-publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
-sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
-principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
-préférences Facebook.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
-<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
-gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
-List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
-below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
- information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
- dive computers and computer programs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
- <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
- <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
- service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
- recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
- so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
- profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
- duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
- that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
- including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
- dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
- an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
- must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
- most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
- the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
- pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to
- search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
- Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export
- all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very
- portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the
- dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s
- original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
- some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one
- selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
- in text, as shown in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
- all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
- List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
- were taken.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
- numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
- starting from 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
- be attached to the HTML exports.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
- and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
- size and theme.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
-instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
-record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
-information required for admission to further training courses or
-(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
-critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
-computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
-solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
-from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
-reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
-dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
-backend that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
-dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
-local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
-a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
-steps:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
- <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
- dive log in the cloud.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
- (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
- the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
- email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
- box, not visible previously.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
-(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
-address confirmation)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
-will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
- <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
-These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
-cloud storage</em> server.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
-storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
- This means that the data from
-the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
-functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
-data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
-connected to the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
-one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
-<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
-log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
-the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
-dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
-logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
-cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
-don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
-cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For
-instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
-allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
-desktop computer.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
-on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
-the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
-<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
-local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
-connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
-copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
-whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
-from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
-access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
-(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
-Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
-log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
-<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
-<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
-Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
-in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
-same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
- Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
- dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
- should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
- the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
-(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
-information and page layout:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
- other information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print options</em> select:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
- print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
- check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
- this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
-several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
- dive profiles
- of each dive (see below):
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
- below)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Custom</em>: This option allows customisation of the print contents and
- layout. This is
- discussed at the end of this section.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
-the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
-changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
-layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
-section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
-operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
-(see image below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
-the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
-dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
-page.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_write_a_custom_printing_template_advanced">10.1. Write a custom printing template (advanced)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
-printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
-a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
-existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
-dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
-information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
-les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
-et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
-Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
-lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
-votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour
-télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de
-plongée est connu. Voir
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
-sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
-menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
-panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
-plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
-suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
- dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
- de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
- l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
- dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
- il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings within <em>Subsurface</em> that the user can
-specify. These are found when selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings
-are performed in five groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and
-<strong>Network</strong>. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must
-specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
-using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
-leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
- <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and
- file name of one’s
- electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>ssrf</em>. When
- launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
- as described above.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
- device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
- dives that he/she don’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
- keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
- the dive list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
- the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
- animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
- dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
- happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
- by setting this slider
- with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
- at all.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
- cleared and set to default values.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
-volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
-button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen
-measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
-button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
-system and others in imperial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
-seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
-represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
-as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
-the dive profile:
-<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
- the dive. enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
- panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
- Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
- highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial presure threshold has been exceeded.
-</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> whn displaying MOD</em> is the value used to calculate the maximum operative depth (MOD)
- for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
-<strong> <em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
- the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
- Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
- from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>. This is because of the different algorithms and
- gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a
- dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
-</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
-<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates
- the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest average depth just before the
- ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Misc</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
- the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
- At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
- Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
- similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
- the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
- respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
- factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
- harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
- deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
- all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
- graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
- values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
- values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
- See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
- CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
- during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
- profile context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
- volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
- and decompression calculations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
- environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
- pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
-cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
-same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some
-reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
-country combination from the list of included localizations. The <em>Filter</em>
-text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are
-several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular preference
-requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
-on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
-to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage, the
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or data export/import from
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>. These Internet requirements are determined by one’s type of
-connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used.
-One’s ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Proxy type</em>:
-If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
-after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
-be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
-password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
-through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
-from one’s ISP.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: In order to store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
- and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information
- regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
- Two additional options are given:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
- while the user performs other tasks inside <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
- information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
- long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
- checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
- is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
-transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
-connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
-Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
-connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
-effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
-plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, an ability to look up
-the geographic coordinates of a place name).</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
-selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
-nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
-addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
-is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
-used under the following conditions:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
- perform dive planning.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
- <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
- or personal history or life style characteristics.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
- used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
- not use this feature.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
-sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
-into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
-divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
-and Notes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
-the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
-below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
-use.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
-Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
-that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
-messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
- above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open Circuit (the default)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Choose the Open Circuit option.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
- dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
- intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
- site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
- assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
- cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
- cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking
- the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
- pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed
- empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen
- and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add
- additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top righthand of the
- dialogue.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
- a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
- double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
- right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
- the resulting context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
- values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
- table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
- surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
- set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
- usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
- calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
- at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
- points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner allows a sophisticated way of planning
-recreational dives, i.e. dives that remain within no-decompression limits.
-The dive planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred
-in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that
-can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for
-recreational dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a
-dive is taken into acount. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant
-depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive
-profile). This means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load
-incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates
-nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous
-dives, in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a
-dive. This mean that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading
-for not remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning
-a longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
-upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
-allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
- and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
- starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
- <em>Available gases</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
- air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
- under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
- rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
- with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
- bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
- used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
- dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
- table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
- this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
- dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
- dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
- considered safe for recreational divers.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
-no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
-settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
-assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
-load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
-amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
-<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
-duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
-gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
-means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
-duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
-metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
-dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
-information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
-sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
-using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
-as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
-to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
-model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
-need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
-panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
-the planner), the new values are
-used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
- ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
-on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
-tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
-results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
-selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
-physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
-practice.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
- M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
- factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
-for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
-1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
-modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
-and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
-depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
-light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
-in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
-the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
-<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
-dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
-the dive setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
-pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
-The most commonly
-used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
-stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
-<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
-ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
-cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
-sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
-of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
-litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
-dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
-is not sufficient and one needs to
-monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
-The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
-if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
-the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
-For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
-dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
-part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
-hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
-activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
-in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
-dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
-waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
-profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
-depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent
-part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
-that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
-oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
-BLUE to RED.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
-table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
-value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
-specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
-features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
-deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
-ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
-points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
-waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
-keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
-edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
-plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
-Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
-explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
-defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
-automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
-surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
-change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
-appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
-points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
-segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
-manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
-computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
-last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
-set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
-considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
-using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
-button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
-appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
-exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
-by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
-planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
-diveplan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
-plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
-during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
-each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
-INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
-transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
-from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
-<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
-The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
-from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
-ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
-accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
-pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
-details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
-cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
-are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
-are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
-to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
-in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
-the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
-diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
-cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
-use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
-in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
-means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
-using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
-CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
-algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
-is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
-List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
-change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
-will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
-to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
-dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
-saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
-two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
-decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
-repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
-Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
-the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
-then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
-and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
-dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
-completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
-template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
-now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
-template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
-into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
-Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
-Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
-dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
-gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
-designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
-planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
-Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
-it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
-calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
-process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
-facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
-paste to a word processor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
-principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
-des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
- actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
- carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
- ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
- ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
- formats.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
- ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
- have been moved to
- a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
- dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
- configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
- Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
- informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
- Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
- (téléphones et tablettes).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
- informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
- plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
- from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
- planifier des plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
- plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
- sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
- champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
- sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
- préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
- le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
- <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
- les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
- certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
- <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
- <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
- plongée</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
- mondiale</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
- plongées effectuées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer,
- switch to data from
- ordinateur de plongée précédent.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
- Facebook.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
- <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
- Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
- <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
- meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
- sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
-communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
-l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
- plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
- l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
- protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
- particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
- première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
- port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
-manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
-quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
-le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
-sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
-<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
-de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
-généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
-bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
-désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
-où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
-nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
-tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
-connectés.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ouvrir un terminal
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
-détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
-utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
-que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
-USB :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
-que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
-root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
-utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
-d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
-<code>dialout</code>.
-Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
-vérifiez que
-l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
-être listé
-parmi les différents IDs.
-Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
-Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
-en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
-vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
-Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different
-procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow
-these steps:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
-guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload
-Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
-choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
-should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
-Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
-<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
-computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
-instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
-contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
-using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
-Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
-devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
-be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
-Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
-distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
-straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
-of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
-with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
-that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
-have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
-others.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
-device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
-will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
-process.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Establish an RFCOMM connection
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dives with Subsurface
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em> and
-<em>Petrel 2</em>, cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>.
-The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will
-countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD
-…</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface,
-the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
-The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
-most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
-is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
-the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
-the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
-computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
-select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
-password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
-computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
-line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
-status</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
-connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
-controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
-plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
-power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
-controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
-5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
-bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
-<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
-there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
-<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
-reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
-mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
-computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
-in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
-determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
-Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
-listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
-forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
-upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
-<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
-(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
-(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
-system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
-equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
-similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
-that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
-one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
-UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
-Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
-distribution. On Fedora it usually is
-<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
-suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
-Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
-(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
-cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
-the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
-dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
-or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
-displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
-straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
-reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
-download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
-more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
-the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
-based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
-manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
-companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
-the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
-the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
-<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
-<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
-the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
-name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
-computer and download dive information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
-available from some Internet web sites e.g.
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
-Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
-ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
-ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
-for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
-file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
-Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
-so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
-in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
-calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
-the DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
-option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
-available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
-does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
-<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
-in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
-by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
-BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel using Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
-section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
-communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
-obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
-application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
-logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
-IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
-comprising three files:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
- extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
- version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
-information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
-downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
-when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
-Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
-managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
-of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
- Clipboard</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
- file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
- <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
- <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
- above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
- in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
- APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
- it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
- possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
- importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
- viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
- has been completed)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
-computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
-selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
-pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
-entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
-performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
-then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
-information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
-some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
-data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
-Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
-Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
-Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
-different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
-naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
- appropriate dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
- last dive
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
- <em>Export Path</em>.
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-A file-manager like window pops up
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Navigate to the directory for storing the
- Divelog.SDE file
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optionally change the name of the file for saving
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
-divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
-dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
-a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Help → About</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Now open Windows Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
- DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
-downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
-The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
-C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
-directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
-Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
-database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
-computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
-of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
-format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
- back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
- DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
- file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
-the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
-the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
-units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
-readily available for us.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Settings</em> button
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Close the Settings dialog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
-dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
-the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
-numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
-données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
-tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
-pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
-un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
-fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
-selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
-pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
-et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
-ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
-Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
-Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
-règles simples :</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
- entre les unités impériales et métriques)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
- virgules.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
- 30.22496 30.821798
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
-source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
-and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
-should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
-of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
-Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
-file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
-to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
-then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
-then import the dive data as explained on the section
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
-accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
-Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
-Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
-character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
-outlined below.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
- Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
- click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
- Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
- file, type the word TAB in the box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>OK</em> twice.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
-top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
-right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
-alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
-marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
-the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
-that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
-text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
-dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
-written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
-to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
-<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
-modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
-dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
-the <em>Custom</em> template from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
-(see image <strong>B</strong> above), then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
- template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
- editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
- printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
- buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
- components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
- template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
- primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
- a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
- be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
- the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
- no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
- specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
- allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
- should be rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
-directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
-modified in this way.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
-template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
-backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
- {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
-<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
-<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
-is shown in the following table:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
-contains a single member:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
-<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
-in the following table should be added.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
-in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
-data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
-in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
-one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
-rendering mode</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render 6 dives per page:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render as much dives as possible:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
-page size.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
-with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
-calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
-gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
-it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
-consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
-end pressure)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
-theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
-don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
-one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
-calculation is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
-It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
-fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
-high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
-majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
-the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
-calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
-compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
-eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
-pressure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
-be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
-mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
-becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
-contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
-pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
-divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
-differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
-trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
-your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
-because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
-it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
-even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
-dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
-at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
-dive”.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
-though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
-dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The
-history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
-time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
-profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
-of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
-and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
-overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
-30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
-they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import
-these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
-salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2015-10-12 11:05:42 CEST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<em>subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
+analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
+information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
+computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the
+OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
+Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
+requires four steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
+ PC upload mode.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive
+computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled
+<em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand
+side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
+the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
+<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
+below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check
+box.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the
+local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed
+correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other
+Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the
+first two steps above.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and
+that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of
+the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has
+been achieved.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue
+above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should
+be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list
+box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not
+achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth
+devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em>
+should see the dive computer. The label of the discovered dive computer
+contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the
+device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be
+opened by selecting the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em>
+option and wait for the task to complete.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
+computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
+other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
+[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
+Agent registered
+[bluetooth]# default-agent
+Default agent request successful
+[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
+Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
+[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
+Request PIN code
+[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be
+pressed. This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the
+<em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The
+downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
+right is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the
+<em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+is turned on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
+process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
+permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
+device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
+discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the
+<em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to
+complete.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Be aware that currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth
+adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
+<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSolei</em> drivers it
+will definitely not work.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
+shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
+another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
+dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
+mode"</em> option.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
+ <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
+ <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
+information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
+with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
+upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
+computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
+from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
+perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
+Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
+dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
+In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
+another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
+<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
+the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
+upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
+saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
+device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
+computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
+fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
+on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
+information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
+hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
+entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date
+and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
+and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the
+contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
+a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
+edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
+(left hand image, below):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
+information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
+clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
+correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
+minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
+box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
+in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
+temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
+If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
+might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
+the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
+If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
+automatically supplied by
+<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
+be used).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive
+information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore not be edited
+at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
+information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
+by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab before editing the dive site
+information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled
+<em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If
+several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information
+for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be
+edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed
+at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe
+button on the right of the location name (see image on the right,
+above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names
+makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the
+name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar
+names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing
+name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe
+symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) or a
+<strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
+current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site
+database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a
+message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the
+coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
+above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
+three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
+ of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
+ location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
+ location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar
+ disappears and the coordinates are stored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
+ user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
+ dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
+ more information</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
+ formats with latitude followed by longitude:
+</p>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
+minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
+e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
+30.821798</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
+negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
+a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
+don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
+W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the
+dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
+the panel.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
+name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name
+causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
+dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
+same).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
+text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
+This is achieved when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
+based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
+automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
+(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
+of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
+current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
+dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
+Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
+site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
+the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
+performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
+Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
+rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
+entered in this field
+which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
+the current logbook.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
+(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
+dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
+offered.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
+Auto selection of the suit description is available.
+Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
+suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
+dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
+here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
+cave, etc.
+<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
+program
+will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
+typed
+<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
+information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
+there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
+added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
+example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
+and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
+box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
+of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
+determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
+like this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
+computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
+and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
+table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
+for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
+information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a
+cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
+in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
+the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
+brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
+cylinders:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
+used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
+available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
+well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
+the dialogue.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
+specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
+corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
+be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
+their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
+inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
+the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
+clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
+additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
+hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
+cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
+using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
+clicks
+the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
+this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
+a down-arrow:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
+the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
+mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
+in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
+system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
+clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter
+information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
+using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
+using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
+for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
+each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
+items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
+fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
+fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
+that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
+equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
+and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
+these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
+fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
+notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
+information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
+particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
+editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
+dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
+the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
+edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
+the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
+the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
+several similar dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
+dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
+components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
+the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
+copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
+List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
+from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
+dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
+log.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
+events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
+buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
+ the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
+ on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
+ below).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
+ below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
+ below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
+ shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
+saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
+the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
+image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
+newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
+dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
+prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
+computer disk.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
+were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
+retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
+log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
+has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
+be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
+log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
+files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
+configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
+can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
+import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
+computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
+software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
+logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
+from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
+logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
+should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
+→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
+computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
+<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
+the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
+other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
+significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
+entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
+<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
+<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
+interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
+on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
+<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
+available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
+ systems)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Cochran dive logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+UDCF-formatted dive logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+LiquiVision logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+divelog.de logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+OSTC Tools logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+JDiveLog
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
+window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
+imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
+accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
+below.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
+tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
+data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
+extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
+the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
+select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
+logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
+<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
+<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
+and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
+useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
+only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
+<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
+important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
+multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
+into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
+process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
+ using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
+ for more information.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
+ user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
+ <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
+ instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
+ <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
+ instructions below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
+dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
+selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
+below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
+fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
+starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
+end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
+below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
+dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
+as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
+circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
+in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
+allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
+packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
+Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
+exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
+<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
+information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
+<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
+organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
+<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
+line.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
+ that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
+ dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
+ about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
+ two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
+ text, following the order of the column headings.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
+ about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
+ intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
+ pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
+ single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
+ previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
+ information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
+ closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
+ that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
+know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
+ data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
+ TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
+ editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
+ semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
+ not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
+ TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
+ details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
+ editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
+ positions.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
+straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
+the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
+right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
+that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
+pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
+software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
+originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
+use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
+lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
+or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
+(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
+imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
+successful import of the data.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
+appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
+column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
+immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
+balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
+<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
+# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
+then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
+appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
+column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
+in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
+depicted in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
+of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
+dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
+right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
+in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
+Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
+information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
+TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
+data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
+ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
+or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
+Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
+between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
+graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
+also be used to import information from other sources such as
+spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
+important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
+used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
+frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
+exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
+specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
+organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
+the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
+field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
+<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
+using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
+Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
+Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
+Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
+Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
+in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
+Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
+Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
+Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
+Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
+comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
+characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
+line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
+character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
+the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
+be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
+example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
+computer:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
+0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
+0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
+10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
+20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
+30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
+40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
+headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
+file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
+therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
+dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
+file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
+characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
+quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
+UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
+<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
+details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
+used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
+smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
+<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
+for the diving
+location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
+dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
+a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
+the localities from the file server.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
+ page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
+ will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
+ Companion App capabilities.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the app from
+ <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
+ Store</a> or from
+ <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
+ page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
+ option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
+ the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
+ to activate the account.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
+ email to recover the number.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
+ saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
+ <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
+the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
+Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
+synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
+Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
+any dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
+showed with 3 options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
+ is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
+ map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
+ desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
+ marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
+ the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
+ name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
+ order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
+ time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
+ located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
+ stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
+ then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
+ sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
+time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
+selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
+server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
+location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
+(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
+selected.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
+or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
+changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
+and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
+from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
+location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
+where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
+it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
+of the screen:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
+ location.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
+upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
+simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
+arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
+should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
+be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
+(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
+ easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
+ email but, of course, users can also type this information.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
+ and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
+ is automatically sent to the server.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
+running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
+collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
+ minutes until stopped by the user.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
+50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
+at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
+every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations
+are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
+not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
+user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
+50 meters.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
+the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
+settings.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
+resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
+can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
+ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
+download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
+(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
+"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
+location information.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
+location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
+continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
+import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
+times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
+adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
+appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
+bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
+can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
+list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
+dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and
+there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
+<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
+download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
+Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
+image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
+blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
+download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
+update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
+which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
+dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
+entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
+GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
+information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
+assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
+information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
+range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
+is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
+Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
+for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
+the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
+<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
+in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
+subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
+the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
+the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
+GPS data.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
+ with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
+ but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
+ delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
+ up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
+ server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
+ necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
+ dives in the web service map display (see above).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
+ the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
+ Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
+ dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
+during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
+dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
+superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
+right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
+Images</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
+to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
+problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
+computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
+dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
+achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
+position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
+ the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
+ difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
+ settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
+ both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
+ difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
+ immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
+ If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
+ tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
+ In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
+ 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
+ in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
+ photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
+ the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
+ each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
+ the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
+ the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
+ a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
+ photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
+ appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
+ when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
+ so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
+ date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
+ camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
+ Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
+ date-time.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
+dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
+ reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos
+ on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
+ the left of the dive profile:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
+photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
+<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
+been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
+dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
+selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
+is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
+the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
+tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
+(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
+accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
+accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
+indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
+thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
+thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
+window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
+(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
+removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
+such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
+the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
+interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
+associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
+procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
+However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
+access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using
+the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
+small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition
+the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
+behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
+again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
+ where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
+ opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
+ machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
+ photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
+ cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
+ may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
+ process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
+ other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
+ into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
+ following steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
+ where photos have been moved
+ to,
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
+ calculated when a photo was
+ loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
+ automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
+ the photo in the new moved directory.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
+ which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
+ the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
+ complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can
+be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. When manipulating images, ensure that all the
+images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
+fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
+- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive
+ Profile</strong>.
+- One edits anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting
+ <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
+cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
+enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
+needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
+needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by
+technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
+there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
+ the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
+ specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
+ provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
+ by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
+ record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
+ was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
+ in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
+ right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
+ those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
+ <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
+ tank bar.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
+cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
+with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
+decompression.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
+both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
+configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
+recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
+dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three
+steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
+ cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
+ cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
+ <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
+ from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
+ that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
+ has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
+ from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
+ specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
+ image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
+ from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
+ Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
+ selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
+ currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
+ to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
+ profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
+ profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
+ the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
+ for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
+logging tool.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
+diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
+while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
+(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
+a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
+(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
+breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
+recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
+amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
+active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
+released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
+outlined above:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
+ Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
+ cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
+ <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
+adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
+longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
+EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
+lasted over two hours.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
+has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
+concentration:
+a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
+regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
+CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
+development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
+Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
+recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
+download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
+independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
+directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
+same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
+dive at a time.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
+information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
+select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
+<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
+section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
+list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
+includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
+equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
+format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
+the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
+case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
+appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
+the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the
+<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
+information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
+recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
+composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
+pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
+partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
+during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
+given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
+follows:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
+ differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
+ sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
+ spurious data, it is ignored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
+ the setpoint.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
+oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
+turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
+(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
+Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
+representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
+appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
+oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
+<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
+setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
+partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
+partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
+oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
+as follows:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 1: grey
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 2: blue
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 3: brown
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
+comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
+abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
+both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
+if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
+circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
+over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
+the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
+the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
+two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
+addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
+shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
+including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
+cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
+readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
+<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
+include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
+precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
+the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
+however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
+the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
+ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
+dive profile:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
+this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
+<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
+computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
+Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
+<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
+B</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
+been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
+surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
+the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
+oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
+consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
+pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
+<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
+easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
+information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
+comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
+times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
+information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
+extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
+more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
+Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
+figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
+dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
+minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
+surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
+deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
+detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
+the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
+functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
+Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
+obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
+compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
+column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
+graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
+peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
+to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
+Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
+the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
+the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
+placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
+N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
+dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
+repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
+those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
+pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
+during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
+graphs.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
+during the dive.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
+during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
+Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
+the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
+manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
+line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
+user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
+using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
+relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
+consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
+of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
+the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
+information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
+rate sensor.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
+the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
+<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
+and 30m
+ (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
+something
+that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
+<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
+done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
+user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
+area underneath the two red dots.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
+selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
+indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
+active, the photos are hidden.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
+precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
+particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
+ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
+diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
+either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
+the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
+available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
+make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
+calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
+profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
+available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
+calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
+<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
+(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
+a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
+non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
+section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
+the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
+each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
+ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
+helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
+encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
+deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
+bottom times.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
+<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
+checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
+ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
+particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
+ways:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
+clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
+Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
+then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
+represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
+general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
+helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
+trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
+(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
+blue bar.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
+(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
+ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
+tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
+ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
+limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
+divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
+offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
+pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
+representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast,
+the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
+on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
+the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
+profile.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
+depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
+<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
+used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
+the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
+gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
+but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
+dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
+the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
+creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
+changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
+Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
+time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
+button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
+a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
+based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
+change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
+in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
+from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
+closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing
+marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
+allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
+to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
+dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
+<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
+panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
+left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
+around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
+that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
+Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
+box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
+the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
+right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
+situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
+moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
+show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
+Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
+characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
+dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
+ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
+maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
+depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
+at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
+ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
+compartments.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
+four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
+Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
+dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
+oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
+<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
+text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly
+increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco
+Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration
+that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does
+not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once
+one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an
+ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes
+required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as
+decompression time.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
+Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
+respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
+respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
+double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
+of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
+that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
+SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
+dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
+dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
+other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
+breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
+same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
+hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
+dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
+air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
+nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
+the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
+equalling the END.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
+data.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
+pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
+applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
+dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
+drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
+the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
+ light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
+ measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
+ area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
+ indicate absolute pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
+ equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
+ nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
+ combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
+ pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
+ gas pressure value.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
+ inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
+ algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
+ the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
+ gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh
+ values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
+ <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
+ M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
+ is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
+Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
+side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
+ surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
+ equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
+ tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
+ pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
+ compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
+ the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
+ (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
+ slowly increasing in pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
+ during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
+ bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
+ exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
+ value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
+ exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
+ minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
+ pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
+ the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
+ diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
+using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
+a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
+Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
+information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
+bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
+brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
+above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
+the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately
+updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and
+used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
+sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
+numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
+non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
+automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
+date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
+may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
+(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
+respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
+results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
+dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
+Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
+requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
+process.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
+can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
+date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
+single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
+ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
+dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
+having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
+list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
+now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
+title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
+title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
+panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
+location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
+dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
+during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
+the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
+trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
+expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
+the trip.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
+several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
+includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
+by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
+above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
+(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and
+right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the
+user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
+above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
+figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
+completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
+right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
+dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
+workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
+duration.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
+this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
+menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
+appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
+on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
+within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
+bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
+to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
+dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and
+right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context
+menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then
+specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
+adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
+should be ealier or later.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
+surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
+the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
+appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
+selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
+information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
+to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
+that were merged:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
+redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
+<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
+the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
+<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
+only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
+dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
+one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
+dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
+opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
+are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
+<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
+the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by
+selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are
+shown. The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the
+panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong>
+with the white cross.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
+(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
+by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
+filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
+check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
+check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
+"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
+terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
+of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
+dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
+check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
+therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
+within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
+those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
+ destinations ou formats</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
+d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
+identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
+sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est
+présenté (image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l’identifiant et le
+mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de
+l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter de
+Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it is easy to determe whether <em>Subsurface</em> has
+a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on →
+Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed
+out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active
+(i.e. in black colour and can be selected).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
+plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
+est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si, à
+partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, vous sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em>,
+une fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront
+transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour
+transférer un profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album
+<em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche
+permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer
+avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de
+texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez
+facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de
+plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées,
+sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un
+moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
+marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
+modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis
+un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape
+supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des
+publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
+sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
+principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
+préférences Facebook.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
+<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
+gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
+List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
+below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
+ information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
+ dive computers and computer programs.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
+ <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
+ <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
+ service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
+ recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
+ so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
+ profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
+ duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
+ that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
+ including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
+ dive.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
+ an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
+ must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
+ most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
+ the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
+ pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to
+ search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
+ Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export
+ all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very
+ portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the
+ dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s
+ original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
+ some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one
+ selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
+ in text, as shown in the image below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
+ all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
+ List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
+ were taken.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
+ numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
+ starting from 1.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
+ be attached to the HTML exports.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
+ and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
+ size and theme.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
+instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
+record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
+information required for admission to further training courses or
+(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
+critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
+computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
+solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
+from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
+reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
+dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
+back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
+dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
+local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
+a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
+steps:</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
+ <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
+ dive log in the cloud.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
+ (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
+ the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
+ email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
+ box, not visible previously.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
+(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
+address confirmation)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
+will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
+ <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
+These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
+cloud storage</em> server.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
+storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
+ This means that the data from
+the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
+functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
+data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
+connected to the Internet.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
+one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
+<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
+log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
+the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
+dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
+logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
+cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
+don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
+cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For
+instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
+allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
+desktop computer.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
+on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
+the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
+<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
+local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
+connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
+copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
+whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
+from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
+access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
+(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
+<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
+Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
+log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
+<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
+<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
+Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
+in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
+same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
+ Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
+ dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+ panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
+ should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
+ the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
+(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
+information and page layout:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
+ other information.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Print options</em> select:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
+ print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
+ check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
+ this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
+several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
+ dive profiles
+ of each dive (see below):
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
+ below)
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
+the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
+changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
+layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
+section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
+operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
+(see image below):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
+the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
+dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
+page.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
+printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
+a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
+existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
+dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
+information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
+les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
+et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
+Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
+lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
+votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour
+télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de
+plongée est connu. Voir
+<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
+sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
+menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
+panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
+plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
+suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
+ dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
+ de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
+ l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
+ dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
+ il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
+selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are performed in seven groups:
+<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and
+<strong>Georeference</strong>, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must
+specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
+using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
+leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected,
+changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
+ <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and
+ file name of one’s
+ electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>ssrf</em>. When
+ launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
+ as described above.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
+ device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
+ dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
+ keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
+ the dive list.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
+ the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
+ animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
+ dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
+ happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
+ by setting this slider
+ with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
+ at all.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
+ cleared and set to default values.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
+volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
+button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen
+measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
+button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
+system and others in imperial.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
+seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
+represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
+as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
+<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
+the dive profile:
+<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
+ the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
+ panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
+ Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
+ highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
+</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
+ for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
+<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
+ the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
+ Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
+ from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
+ gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a
+ dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
+</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
+<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates
+ the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the
+ ascent.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Misc</strong>:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
+ the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
+ At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
+ Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
+ similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
+ the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
+ respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
+ factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
+ harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
+ deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
+ all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
+ graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
+ values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
+ values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
+ See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
+ CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
+ during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
+ profile context menu.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
+ volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
+ and decompression calculations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
+ environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
+ pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
+cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
+same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this
+is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a
+language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The
+<em>Filter</em> text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there
+are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular
+preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
+on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
+to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the
+<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are
+determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
+Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Proxy type</em>:
+If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
+after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
+be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
+password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
+through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
+from one’s ISP.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
+ and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information
+ regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
+ Two additional options are given:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
+ while the user performs other tasks within <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
+ information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
+ long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
+ checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
+ is saved.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
+transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
+connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
+Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
+connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
+effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
+plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
+of a dive site (derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
+right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
+<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find
+the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works
+if <em>Subsurface</em> has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site
+name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em>
+(see image below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
+selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
+nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
+addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
+is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
+used under the following conditions:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
+ perform dive planning.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
+ <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
+ or personal history or life style characteristics.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
+ used.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
+ not use this feature.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
+sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
+into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
+divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
+and Notes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
+the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
+below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
+use.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
+Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
+that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
+messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
+ above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open Circuit (the default)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+CCR
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+pSCR
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Choose the Open Circuit option.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
+ dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
+ intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
+ site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
+ assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
+ cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
+ cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking
+ the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
+ pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed
+ empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen
+ and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add
+ additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top right-hand of the
+ dialogue.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
+ a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
+ double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
+ right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
+ the resulting context menu.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
+ values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
+ table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
+ surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
+ set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
+ usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
+ calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
+ at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
+ points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the
+non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can
+stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression
+stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The
+planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in
+previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can
+take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational
+dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken
+into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth
+corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
+means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during
+previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load
+according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a
+similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This
+means that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading for not
+remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a
+longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
+upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
+allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
+ and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
+ starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
+ <em>Available gases</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
+ air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
+ under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
+ rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
+ with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
+ bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
+ used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need
+ need to bring one’s buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is
+ used in sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard
+ to estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of
+ pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em>
+ can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the
+ amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still
+ uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the
+ additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one’s
+ pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is
+ user configurable.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
+ dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
+ table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
+ this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
+ dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
+ dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will
+ automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
+ within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
+ considered safe for recreational divers.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
+no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
+settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
+assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
+load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
+amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
+<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
+duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
+gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
+means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
+duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
+metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
+dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
+information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
+sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
+using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
+as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
+to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
+model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
+need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
+panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
+the planner), the new values are
+used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
+A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
+ ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
+on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
+tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
+results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
+selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
+physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
+practice.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
+ M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
+ factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
+for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
+1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
+modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
+and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
+depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
+light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
+in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
+the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
+<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
+dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
+the dive setup.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
+pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
+bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
+The most commonly
+used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
+stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
+<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
+ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
+cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
+sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
+of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
+litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
+bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
+dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
+is not sufficient and one needs to
+monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
+The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
+if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
+the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
+For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
+dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
+part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
+hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
+activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
+in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
+dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
+waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
+profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
+depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent
+part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
+that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
+oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
+BLUE to RED.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
+table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
+value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
+specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
+features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
+deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
+ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
+points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
+waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
+keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
+edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
+plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
+Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
+explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
+defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
+automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
+surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
+change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
+appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
+points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
+segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
+manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
+computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
+last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
+set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
+considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
+using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
+button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
+appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
+exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
+by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
+planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
+dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
+plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
+during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
+each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
+INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
+transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
+from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
+<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
+The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
+from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
+ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
+accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
+pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
+details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
+cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
+are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
+are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
+to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
+in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
+the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
+diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
+cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
+the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
+use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
+in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
+means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
+using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
+CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
+algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,
+of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
+is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
+List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
+change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
+the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
+will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
+to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
+dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
+saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
+two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
+decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
+repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
+Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
+the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
+then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
+and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
+dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
+completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
+template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
+now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
+template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
+into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
+Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
+Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
+dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
+gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
+designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
+planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
+Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
+it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
+calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
+process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
+facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
+paste to a word processor.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
+principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
+des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
+ actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
+ carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
+ <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
+ ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
+ <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
+ ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
+ formats.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
+ ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
+ have been moved to
+ a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
+ dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
+ configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
+ Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
+ informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
+ Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
+ (téléphones et tablettes).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
+ informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
+ plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
+ from a dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
+ planifier des plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
+ plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
+ sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
+ champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
+ sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
+ préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
+ le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
+ <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
+ les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
+ certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
+ <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
+ plongée</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
+ mondiale</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
+ plongées effectuées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer,
+ switch to data from
+ ordinateur de plongée précédent.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
+ Facebook.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
+ Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
+ meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
+ sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
+communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
+l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
+ plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
+ l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
+ protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
+ particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
+ première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
+ port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
+manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
+quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
+le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
+sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
+<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
+de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
+généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
+bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
+désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
+où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
+nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
+tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
+connectés.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ouvrir un terminal
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
+usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
+USB Serial support registered for generic
+usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
+usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
+USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
+ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
+usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
+usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
+usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
+usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
+ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
+détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
+utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
+que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
+USB :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
+que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
+root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
+utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
+d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
+<code>dialout</code>.
+Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
+vérifiez que
+l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
+être listé
+parmi les différents IDs.
+Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
+Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
+en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
+vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
+Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different
+procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow
+these steps:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
+guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload
+Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
+choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
+should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
+Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
+<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
+computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
+instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
+contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
+using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
+Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
+devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
+be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
+Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
+distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
+straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
+of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
+with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
+that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
+have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
+others.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
+device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
+will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
+process.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Establish an RFCOMM connection
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the dives with Subsurface
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em> and
+<em>Petrel 2</em>, cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>.
+The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will
+countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD
+…</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface,
+the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
+The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
+most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
+is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
+the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
+the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
+computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
+select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
+password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
+computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
+line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
+status</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>$ hciconfig
+hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
+ BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
+ *DOWN*
+ RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
+ TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
+connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
+controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
+plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
+power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
+hciconfig
+hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
+ BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
+ *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
+ RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
+ TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
+controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
+5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
+bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>bluetoothctl
+[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
+[bluetooth]# agent on
+Agent registered
+[bluetooth]# default-agent
+Default agent request successful
+[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
+Discovery started
+[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
+[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
+[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
+Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
+[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
+Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
+Pairing successful
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
+<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
+there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
+<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
+Scanning ...
+ 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
+ bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
+reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
+mode and enter:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
+Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
+computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
+Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
+Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
+in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
+determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
+Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
+Service Name: Serial Port
+Service RecHandle: 0x10000
+Service Class ID List:
+ "Serial Port" (0x1101)
+ Protocol Descriptor List:
+ "L2CAP" (0x0100)
+ "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
+ Channel: 5</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
+listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
+forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface at subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
+upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
+<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
+(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
+(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
+system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
+equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
+similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
+that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
+one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
+UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
+Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
+<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
+distribution. On Fedora it usually is
+<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
+suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
+Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
+(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
+cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
+the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
+dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
+or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
+displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
+straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
+reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
+download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
+more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
+the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
+based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
+manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
+companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
+the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
+the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
+<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
+<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
+the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
+name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
+computer and download dive information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
+available from some Internet web sites e.g.
+<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
+Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
+ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
+ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
+for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
+file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
+Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
+so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
+factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
+in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
+calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
+the DR5.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
+option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
+available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
+does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
+<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
+in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
+<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
+by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
+BLACK.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel using Bluetooth</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
+section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
+communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
+obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
+application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
+logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
+IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
+comprising three files:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
+ extension)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
+ version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
+information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
+downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
+when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
+Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
+managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
+of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
+ Clipboard</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
+ file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
+ <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
+ <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
+ above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
+ in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
+ <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
+ APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
+ it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
+ possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
+ importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
+ viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
+ has been completed)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
+computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
+selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
+pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
+entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
+performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
+then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
+information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
+some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
+data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
+Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
+Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
+Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
+different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
+naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
+ appropriate dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
+ last dive
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
+ <em>Export Path</em>.
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+A file-manager like window pops up
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Navigate to the directory for storing the
+ Divelog.SDE file
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Optionally change the name of the file for saving
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Save</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
+divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
+dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
+a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start Suunto DM4/DM5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>Help → About</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Now open Windows Explorer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start Suunto DM4/DM5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
+ DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Save</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
+downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
+The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
+C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
+directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
+Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
+database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
+computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
+of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
+format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
+ back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
+ DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
+ file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
+the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
+the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
+units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
+readily available for us.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>Settings</em> button
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Close the Settings dialog
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
+dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
+the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
+numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
+données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
+tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
+pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
+un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
+fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
+selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
+pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
+et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
+ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
+Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
+Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
+règles simples :</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
+ entre les unités impériales et métriques)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
+ virgules.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
+ 30.22496 30.821798
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
+source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
+and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
+should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
+of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
+this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
+Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
+file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
+to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
+then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
+then import the dive data as explained on the section
+<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
+accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
+Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
+Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
+character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
+outlined below.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
+ Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
+ click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
+ Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
+ file, type the word TAB in the box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>OK</em> twice.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
+top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
+right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
+alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
+marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
+the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
+that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
+text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
+<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
+dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
+written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
+to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
+<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
+modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
+dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
+one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
+(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final
+desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
+ template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
+ editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
+ printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
+ buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
+ components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
+ template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
+ primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
+ a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
+ be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
+ the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
+ no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
+ specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
+ Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
+ allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
+ should be rendered.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
+directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
+modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
+the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
+template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
+backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">template.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
+ <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
+ {% endfor %}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">output.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
+ <h1> 2 </h1>
+ <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
+<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="50%" />
+<col width="50%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
+<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
+is shown in the following table:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="50%" />
+<col width="50%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">template.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">output.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
+contains a single member:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="50%" />
+<col width="50%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">template.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> body {
+ {{ print_options.grayscale }};
+ }</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">output.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> body {
+ -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
+ }</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
+<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
+in the following table should be added.</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
+in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
+data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
+in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
+one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
+rendering mode</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+render 6 dives per page:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+render as much dives as possible:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
+page size.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
+with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
+calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
+gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
+it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
+consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
+end pressure)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
+theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
+don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
+one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
+calculation is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
+It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
+fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
+high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
+majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
+the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
+calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
+compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
+eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
+pressure.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
+be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
+mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
+becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
+contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
+pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
+divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
+differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
+trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
+your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
+because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
+it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
+even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
+dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
+at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
+dive”.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
+though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
+dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The
+history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
+time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
+profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
+of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
+and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
+overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
+30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
+they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import
+these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
+salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
+<div id="footer">
+<div id="footer-text">
+Last updated 2015-10-13 20:41:46 CEST
+</div>
+</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt
index 4af0a29..cb59bf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
logicielles.
-*Public* : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
+*Public* : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
professionnels
toc::[]
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ ajouter des données. _Subsurface_ permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.
1) Si l'utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
- de
+ de
carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ image::images/DC_import_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Download dialogue 1", align="center"]
Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
though these dives have already been imported to _Subsurface_. For that
-reason, if the divecomputer allows this, _Subsurface_ only imports dives
+reason, if the dive computer allows this, _Subsurface_ only imports dives
that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
least for those not charging while connected via USB).
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ least for those not charging while connected via USB).
could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
*B* in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
- appear in a tabular format on the righthand side of the dialogue (see image
+ appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image
*B*, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
need to be transferred to the *Dive List*. In the case of the image above,
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ _"Choose Bluetooth download mode"_, the dialogue below appears.
image::images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg["FIGURE: Download Bluetooth", align="center"]
On the _Linux_ or _MacOS_ platforms the name of the _Subsurface_ computer
-and its Bluetooth address are shown on the righthand side, On the lefthand
+and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand
side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
_Subsurface_. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
@@ -562,15 +562,16 @@ downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.
===== Sur Windows :
image::images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png["FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows", align="center"]
+
On _Windows_ platforms the _Local Bluetooth device details section_ on the
-left is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the
+right is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the
_Scan_ button) check that the Bluetooth device on the _Subsurface_ computer
is turned on.
The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: _Add a
-device, Tap to setup your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a
+device, Tap to set up your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a
discovered item is selected, select the _Save_ button. Finally select the
_Download_ button on the _Download_ dialogue and wait for the process to
complete.
@@ -649,7 +650,7 @@ information. The *Time* field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
-box and by overtyping the information displayed.
+box and by over-typing the information displayed.
*Air/water temperatures*: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
@@ -662,33 +663,45 @@ automatically supplied by
_Subsurface_ (following the _Preferences_, metric or imperial units will
be used).
-*Location*: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake
-Balaton, Hungary". Dive locations are managed as a separate part of the dive log.
-After entering the information for a particular dive site, and several dives are
-performed at the same location, the information is re-used without requiring
-full dive site information again. Existing dive location information
-can be edited at any time by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive performed at that site
-and by opening the location information by clicking the globe button on the
-right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
-dive site names makes it easy to select a dive site that already exists in the dive log
-(i.e. when typing the name of a dive site,
-a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names). If the dive
-site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.
-
-If the present dive site has not been used before, a message appears as
-follows (image *A* below):
+*Location*:
+[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
+[WARNING]
+Dive locations are managed as a *separate* part of the dive log. The dive
+information in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs can therefore not be edited
+at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
+information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
+by selecting _Apply changes_ on the *Notes* tab before editing the dive site
+information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled
+_Location_ on the *Notes* tab.
+
+Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If
+several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information
+for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be
+edited at any time by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive performed
+at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe
+button on the right of the location name (see image on the right,
+above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names
+makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the
+name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar
+names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing
+name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe
+symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the _Subsurface_ database) or a
+*+* symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
+current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site
+database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a
+message appears as follows (image *A* below):
image::images/Locations1_f22.jpg["FIGURE:Location description panel", align="center"]
-Click the + icon on the right hand side. A panel appears to enter the
+Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the
coordinates and other important information about the site (image *B*,
above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
three ways of specifying the coordinates:
a. One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
- of the Subsurface window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
+ of the _Subsurface_ window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
- location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the orange bar
+ location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar
disappears and the coordinates are stored.
b. The coordinates can be obtained from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if the
@@ -708,14 +721,26 @@ Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
don't have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a *d* like this: N30d
-W20d.
+W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the
+dive site information by selecting the button _Apply changes_ at the top of
+the panel.
*Important*: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
-name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location description
-will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
+name - so *saving* a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name
+causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
same).
+*Dive site name lookup:* If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
+text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
+This is achieved when _Subsurface_ uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
+based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
+automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
+(Titled _Dive sites on same coordinates_") at the bottom
+of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
+current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
+dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.
+
Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
Notes), then select _Apply Changes_ to save the geolocation for this dive
site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
@@ -1101,7 +1126,7 @@ b. Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Is it a _CSV dive
editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
positions.
-c. Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?
+c. Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
Armed with this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is
straightforward. Select _Import -> Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In
@@ -1131,7 +1156,7 @@ _Subsurface_ expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
# ". If the column heading that _Subsurface_ expects is not in the blue row,
then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
-column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labeled "Dive # " and drop it
+column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
depicted in the image below.
@@ -1403,7 +1428,7 @@ The settings below define the behaviour of the service:
_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or*
-every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations
+every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations
are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
@@ -1461,7 +1486,7 @@ can only add dives using the manual mechanism.
One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
-dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and
+dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and
there is not an option to trigger upload manually.
@@ -1572,7 +1597,7 @@ image::images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog", align="cente
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the _Time shift_ dialog. If one uses
the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
- the horizontal bar entitled "_Select image of divecomputer showing time_. This brings up
+ the horizontal bar entitled "_Select image of dive computer showing time_. This brings up
a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
photograph using the file browser and click on _OK_. This photograph of the dive computer
appears in the bottom panel of the _Shift times_ dialog. Now _Subsurface_ knows exactly
@@ -1688,16 +1713,16 @@ This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: _File -> Find moved image
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
-Software for the automated finger print calculation of existing photo
-collections is under development. Currently single dives must be upgraded
-one at a time. Select the toolbar button on the *Dive profile* panel that
-enables the display of images. The thumbnails of images are shown on the
-dive profile. Then open the dive and change anything in the *Notes* panel
-that brings up the blue edit bar at the top of the notes panel to save the
-edits. For instance, add a space character at the end of the _Notes_ text
-box and immediately delete that space character. Select the option _Apply
-changes_ in the blue edit bar to save the dive information. Fingerprints
-are calculated while saving this specific dive.
+_Subsurface_ automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can
+be accessed by _Subsurface_. When manipulating images, ensure that all the
+images associated with the dive log can be accessed by _Subsurface_.
+
+_Subsurface_ automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
+fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
+- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the *Dive
+ Profile*.
+- One edits anything in the *Notes tab* panel and save the edits by selecting
+ _Apply changes_.
****
@@ -1708,10 +1733,10 @@ are calculated while saving this specific dive.
==== Multicylinder dives
_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one
-cylinder. Multicylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
+cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
-needs of the dive. For this reason multicylinder dives are often used by
+needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by
technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as _Subsurface_ is concerned,
there are only two types of information that need to be provided:
@@ -1741,11 +1766,11 @@ image::images/multicylinder_dive.jpg["FIGURE: Multicylinder profile", align="cen
==== Sidemount dives
-Sidemount diving is just another form of multicylinder diving, often with
+Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
-dive logging involves, exactly as with multicylinder dives, above, three
+dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three
steps:
- *During the dive, record cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
@@ -2495,7 +2520,7 @@ Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
menu. Then select the option *Remove dive(s) from trip*. The dive(s) now
appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
-on the date and time of the unliked dive.
+on the date and time of the unlinked dive.
==== Add a dive to the trip immediately above
@@ -2592,28 +2617,34 @@ L'export des plongées vers _Facebook_ est géré différemment des autres types
d'export car une connexion vers _Facebook_ est nécessaire, nécessitant un
identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
sélectionnez _Fichier -> Préférences -> Facebook_, un écran de connexion est
-présenté (voir l'image *A* sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez vos
-identifiant et mot de passe _Facebook_. Une fois connecté à _Facebook_, le
-panneau de l'image *B* ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton _Déconnecter
-de Facebook_ pour fermer la connexion _Facebook_.
+présenté (image *A* sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l'identifiant et le
+mot de passe _Facebook_. Une fois connecté à _Facebook_, le panneau de
+l'image *B* ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton _Déconnecter de
+Facebook_ pour fermer la connexion _Facebook_.
image::images/facebook1_f20.jpg["Figure: Facebook login", align="center"]
+From the _Subsurface_ window it is easy to determe whether _Subsurface_ has
+a valid connection to _Facebook_ From the *Main Menu*, select _Share on ->
+Facebook_ (image *A*, below). Normally, the _Facebook_ option is greyed
+out. But if there is a connection to _Facebook_, this option is active
+(i.e. in black colour and can be selected).
+
Une fois qu'une connexion à _Facebook_ est établie, transférer un profil de
plongée vers _Facebook_ est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
-est affichée dans le panneau *Profil de plongée* de _Subsurface_. Si vous
-sélectionnez _Partager sur -> Facebook_ à partir du *menu principal*, une
-fenêtre s'affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront transférées
-avec le profil de plongée (voir l'image *B* ci-dessous). Pour transférer un
-profil de plongée vers _Facebook_, le nom d'un album _Facebook_ doit être
-fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche permettent de sélectionner
-des informations supplémentaires à transférer avec le profil de plongée. Ces
-informations sont affichées dans le champs de texte sur la partie droite du
-panneau. (voir l'image *B* ci dessous). Vous pouvez facilement modifier le
-message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de plongée. Une fois les informations
-supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, sélectionner le bouton _OK_ qui lance
-le transfert vers _Facebook_. Après un moment, une fenêtre apparait
-indiquant le succès du transfert.
+est affichée dans le panneau *Profil de plongée* de _Subsurface_. Si, à
+partir du *menu principal*, vous sélectionnez _Partager sur -> Facebook_,
+une fenêtre s'affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront
+transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l'image *B* ci-dessous). Pour
+transférer un profil de plongée vers _Facebook_, le nom d'un album
+_Facebook_ doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche
+permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer
+avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de
+texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image *B* ci dessous). Vous pouvez
+facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de
+plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées,
+sélectionner le bouton _OK_ qui lance le transfert vers _Facebook_. Après un
+moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.
À la fois l'album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
@@ -2722,7 +2753,7 @@ reason, facilities such as _divelogs.de_ and _Diving Log_ offer to store
dive log information on the Internet.
_Subsurface_ includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
-backend that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
+back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
a user on the cloud. To use _Subsurface cloud storage_ , follow these
@@ -2866,9 +2897,6 @@ image::images/print2_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print one dive / page", align="center"]
- _Two Dives_: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
- _Six Dives_: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-- _Custom_: This option allows customisation of the print contents and
- layout. This is
- discussed at the end of this section.
Users can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on
the dialogue (see image *A* at the start of this section). After preview,
@@ -2889,7 +2917,7 @@ page.
image::images/Printpreview.jpg["FIGURE: Print preview page", align="center"]
-=== Write a custom printing template (advanced)
+=== Créer un modèle d'impression personnalisé (avancé)
Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
@@ -2938,13 +2966,14 @@ suivantes peuvent être réalisées :
[[S_Preferences]]
== Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_
-There are several settings within _Subsurface_ that the user can
-specify. These are found when selecting _File -> Preferences_. The settings
-are performed in five groups: *Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and
-*Network*. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must
+There are several user-definable settings within _Subsurface_, found by
+selecting _File -> Preferences_. The settings are performed in seven groups:
+*Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and *Network*, *Facebook* and
+*Georeference*, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must
specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
using the *Apply* button. After applying all the new settings users can then
-leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*.
+leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*. If *Discard* is selected,
+changes to the preferences are not saved.
=== Defaults
@@ -2966,7 +2995,7 @@ image::images/Pref1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences defaults page", align="center"]
device that was initialised using the *Preferences* _Network_ tab (see below).
** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
- dives that he/she don't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
+ dives that he/she doesn't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
the dive list.
@@ -2987,9 +3016,9 @@ image::images/Pref1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences defaults page", align="center"]
=== Units
image::images/Pref2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Units page", align="center"]
-Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
+Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
-button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen
+button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen
measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the *Personalise* radio
button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
system and others in imperial.
@@ -3009,21 +3038,21 @@ This panel allows two type of selections:
*Show*: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
the dive profile:
** Thresholds: _Subsurface_ can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
- the dive. enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile*
+ the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile*
panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
- highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial presure threshold has been exceeded.
-** _Max pO~2~ whn displaying MOD_ is the value used to calculate the maximum operative depth (MOD)
+ highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
+** _Max pO~2~ is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
** _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red_: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
- from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_. This is because of the different algorithms and
- gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a
+ from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_ because of the different algorithms and
+ gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a
dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
-** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
+** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
** _Show average depth_: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile* panel contains a grey line that indicates
- the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest average depth just before the
+ the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the
ascent.
* *Misc*:
@@ -3076,21 +3105,21 @@ image::images/Pref4_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Language page", align="center"]
A checkbox allows one to use the _System Default_ language which in most
cases will be the correct setting; with this _Subsurface_ simply runs in the
-same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some
-reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
-country combination from the list of included localizations. The _Filter_
-text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are
-several system variants of English or French. *This particular preference
-requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect*.
+same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this
+is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a
+language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The
+_Filter_ text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there
+are several system variants of English or French. *This particular
+preference requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect*.
=== Network
This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources
on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs
-to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage, the
-<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>> or data export/import from
-_Divelogs.de_. These Internet requirements are determined by one's type of
-connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used.
-One's ISP should provide the appropriate information.
+to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the
+<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>>. These Internet requirements are
+determined by one's type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
+Service Provider (ISP) used. One's ISP should provide the appropriate
+information.
image::images/Pref5_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Network page", align="center"]
@@ -3104,12 +3133,12 @@ password are required so that _Subsurface_ can automatically pass
through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
from one's ISP.
-** _Subsurface cloud storage_: In order to store one's dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
+** _Subsurface cloud storage_: To store one's dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
and password are required. This allows _Subsurface_ to email security information
regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
Two additional options are given:
- _Sync to cloud in the background_: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
- while the user performs other tasks inside _Subsurface_.
+ while the user performs other tasks within _Subsurface_.
- _Save password locally_: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
@@ -3135,8 +3164,16 @@ plongée vers Facebook] pour plus d'informations.
=== Georeference
-_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, an ability to look up
-the geographic coordinates of a place name).
+_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
+of a dive site (derived from a click on the *Dive Map panel* at the bottom
+right of the _Subsurface_ window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
+_Subsurface_ Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find
+the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works
+if _Subsurface_ has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site
+name can be configured, e.g. _Country/State/City_ or _City/State/Country_
+(see image below).
+
+image::images/Pref7_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Facebook login panel", align="center"]
[[S_DivePlanner]]
== The _Subsurface_ dive planner
@@ -3210,7 +3247,7 @@ image::images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Dive planner startup window", alig
pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed
empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen
and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add
- additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top righthand of the
+ additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top right-hand of the
dialogue.
- The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
@@ -3231,21 +3268,23 @@ image::images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Dive planner startup window", alig
==== Recreational dives
-The _Subsurface_ dive planner allows a sophisticated way of planning
-recreational dives, i.e. dives that remain within no-decompression limits.
-The dive planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred
-in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that
-can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for
-recreational dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a
-dive is taken into acount. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant
-depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive
-profile). This means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load
-incurred during previous dives. The _Subsurface_ dive planner calculates
-nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous
-dives, in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a
-dive. This mean that the diver gets 'credit' in terms of nitrogen loading
-for not remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning
-a longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
+Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the
+non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can
+stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression
+stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The
+planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in
+previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can
+take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational
+dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken
+into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth
+corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
+means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during
+previous dives. The _Subsurface_ dive planner calculates nitrogen load
+according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a
+similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This
+means that the diver gets 'credit' in terms of nitrogen loading for not
+remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a
+longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
upload all previous dives onto _Subsurface_ before performing dive planning.
To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.
@@ -3268,14 +3307,26 @@ allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.
- Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
- used.
+ used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need
+ need to bring one's buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is
+ used in sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard
+ to estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of
+ pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But _Subsurface_
+ can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the
+ amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still
+ uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the
+ additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one's
+ pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is
+ user configurable.
- Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
table under _Dive planner points_ as desribed under the previous heading. If
this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
- dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_ table.
+ dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_ table. _Subsurface_ will
+ automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
+ within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
- The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
considered safe for recreational divers.
@@ -3430,7 +3481,7 @@ On the bottom right of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_, the
exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
by checking any of the options under the _Notes_ section of the dive
planner, immediately to the left of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim
-diveplan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
+dive plan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
information.
@@ -3452,9 +3503,9 @@ accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
pO~2~ drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the _Dive plan
details_. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
cylinders. Therefore the setup of the _Available gases_ and the _Dive planner points_ tables
-are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
+are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
-to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
+to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.
image::images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup", align="center"]
@@ -3469,13 +3520,15 @@ the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the _CCR_ dropdown selection is made.
-*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table
+*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from
+the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
in the _Dive planner points_ table. A zero setpoint
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
-algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.
+algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,
+of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.
The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.
@@ -3642,7 +3695,6 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.
-
== ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d'exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.
=== Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés
@@ -3736,8 +3788,8 @@ En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
d'Ubuntu : +sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB+) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
+dialout+.
Tapez : +id johnB+ Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
-vérifiez que
-l'appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe +dialout+ devrait
+vérifiez que
+l'appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe +dialout+ devrait
être listé
parmi les différents IDs.
Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu'après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l'ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
@@ -4386,8 +4438,9 @@ The buttons under the _Template_ dropdown box allows one to _Edit_,
_Delete_, _Import_ and to _Export_ templates (see image *A* above). New or
modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
-the _Custom_ template from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
-(see image *B* above), then select _Edit_.
+one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
+(see image *B* above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final
+desired printout. Then select _Edit_.
The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:
@@ -4418,7 +4471,8 @@ image::images/Template2_f22.jpg["FIGURE:Template tab", align="center"]
One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
-modified in this way.
+modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the _Export_ button in
+the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.
To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
template will be correctly handled and rendered.
--
1.8.4.5
More information about the subsurface
mailing list